Standards Practice Book SE G3

S TA N D A R D S P R A C T I C E B O O K
EDITION
Standards Practice Book
For Home or School
Grade 3
INCLUDES:
r Home or School Practice
r Lesson Practice and Test Preparation
r English and Spanish School-Home Letters
r Getting Ready for Grade 4 Lessons
Whole Number Operations
Critical Area Developing understanding of multiplication and
division and strategies for multiplication and division within 100
1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000

Domains Operations and Algebraic Thinking
Number and Operations in Base Ten
Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.0A.9, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P1

School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P2
1.1 Algebraäsä.UMBERä0ATTERNSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P3
1.2ä 2OUNDäTOäTHEä.EARESTä4ENäORä(UNDREDä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P5
1.3 Estimate Sums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P7
1.4 Mental Math Strategies for Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P9
1.5 Algebraäsä5SEä0ROPERTIESäTOä!DDä. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P11
1.6 Use the Break Apart Strategy to Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P13
1.7 Use Place Value to Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P15
1.8ä %STIMATEä$IFFERENCESä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P17
1.9 Mental Math Strategies for Subtraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P19
1.10 Use Place Value to Subtract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P21
1.11 Combine Place Values to Subtract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P23
1.12 Problem Solvingäsä-ODELä!DDITIONäANDä3UBTRACTIONä. . . . . . . . . . P25
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P27
2 Represent and Interpret Data

Domain Measurement and Data
Common Core Standards CC.3.MD.3, CC.3.MD.4
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P29

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P30

2.1 Problem Solvingäsä/RGANIZEä$ATAä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P31
2.2 Use Picture Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P33
2.3 Make Picture Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P35
2.4 Use Bar Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P37
2.5 Make Bar Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P39
2.6ä 3OLVEä0ROBLEMSä5SINGä$ATAä. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P41
2.7 Use and Make Line Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P43
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P45
iii
3 Understand Multiplication
Domain Operations and Algebraic Thinking
Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.8

3.1 Count Equal Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P49
3.2 Algebraäsä2ELATEä!DDITIONäANDä-ULTIPLICATIONä . . . . . . . . . . . . . P51
3.3ä 3KIPä#OUNTäONäAä.UMBERä,INEä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P53
3.4 Problem Solvingäsä-ODELä-ULTIPLICATIONä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P55
3.5 Model with Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P57
3.6 Algebraäsä#OMMUTATIVEä0ROPERTYäOFä-ULTIPLICATIONä . . . . . . . . . . P59
3.7 Algebraäsä-ULTIPLYäWITHä1 and 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P61
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P63
4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies

Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.OA.9

4.1 Multiply with 2 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P67
4.2 Multiply with 5 and 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P69
4.3 Multiply with 3 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P71
4.4 Algebraäsä$ISTRIBUTIVEä0ROPERTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P73
4.5 Multiply with 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P75
4.6 Algebraäsä!SSOCIATIVEä0ROPERTYäOFä-ULTIPLICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . P77
4.7 Algebraäsä0ATTERNSäONäTHEä-ULTIPLICATIONä4ABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . P79
4.8 Multiply with 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P81 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
4.9 Multiply with 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P83

4.10 Problem Solvingäsä-ULTIPLICATIONä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P85
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P87
iv
5 Use Multiplication Facts
Domains Operations and Algebraic Thinking
Number and Operations in Base Ten
Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.3

5.1 Algebraäsä$ESCRIBEä0ATTERNSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P91
5.2 Algebraäsä&INDä5NKNOWNä&ACTORSä. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P93
5.3 Problem Solvingäsä5SEäTHEä$ISTRIBUTIVEä0ROPERTY. . . . . . . . . . . . P95
5.4 Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . P97
5.5 Multiply Multiples of 10 by 1 $IGITä.UMBERSä. . . . . . . . . . . . . . P99
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P101
6 Understand Division
Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.OA.7
School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P103

School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P104
6.1 Problem Solvingäsä-ODELä$IVISIONä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P105
6.2ä 3IZEäOFä%QUALä'ROUPSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P107
6.3ä .UMBERäOFä%QUALä'ROUPSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P109
6.4 Model with Bar Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P111
6.5 Algebraäsä2ELATEä3UBTRACTIONäANDä$IVISIONä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P113
6.6 Investigateäsä-ODELäWITHä!RRAYSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P115
6.7 Algebraäsä2ELATEä-ULTIPLICATIONäANDä$IVISIONä. . . . . . . . . . . . . P117
6.8 Algebraäsä7RITEä2ELATEDä&ACTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P119
6.9 Algebraäsä$IVISIONä2ULESäFORä1 and 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P121

Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P123
v
7 Division Facts and Strategies
Common Core Standards CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.8

7.1ä $IVIDEäBYä2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P127
7.2ä $IVIDEäBYä10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P129
7.3ä $IVIDEäBYä5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P131
7.4ä $IVIDEäBYä3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P133
7.5ä $IVIDEäBYä4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P135
7.6ä $IVIDEäBYä6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P137
7.7ä $IVIDEäBYä7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P139
7.8ä $IVIDEäBYä8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P141
7.9ä $IVIDEäBYä9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P143
7.10 Problem Solvingäsä4WO 3TEPä0ROBLEMSää . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P145
7.11 Investigateäsä/RDERäOFä/PERATIONSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P147
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P149
vi
Fractions
Critical Area Developing understanding of fractions, especially unit
fractions (fractions with numerator 1)
8 Understand Fractions
Domain Number and Operations—Fractions
Common Core Standards CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.NF.2a, CC.3.NF.2b, CC.3.NF.3c

8.1ä %QUALä0ARTSäOFäAä7HOLEä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P153
8.2 Equal Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P155
8.3ä 5NITä&RACTIONSäOFäAä7HOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P157
8.4ä &RACTIONSäOFäAä7HOLEä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P159
8.5ä &RACTIONSäONäAä.UMBERä,INEä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P161
8.6ä 2ELATEä&RACTIONSäANDä7HOLEä.UMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P163
8.7ä &RACTIONSäOFäAä'ROUPä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P165
8.8ä &INDä0ARTäOFäAä'ROUPä5SINGä5NITä&RACTIONSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P167
8.9 Problem Solvingäsä&INDäTHEä7HOLEä'ROUP
ä ä 5SINGä5NITä&RACTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P169
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P171
9 Compare Fractions
Domain Number and Operations—Fractions
Common Core Standards CC.3.NF.3a, CC.3.NF.3b, CC.3.NF.3d

9.1 Problem Solvingäsä#OMPAREä&RACTIONSä. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P175

9.2ä #OMPAREä&RACTIONSäWITHäTHEä3AMEä$ENOMINATORä . . . . . . . . . . P177
9.3ä #OMPAREä&RACTIONSäWITHäTHEä3AMEä.UMERATORä . . . . . . . . . . . . P179
9.4ä #OMPAREä&RACTIONSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P181
9.5ä #OMPAREäANDä/RDERä&RACTIONSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P183
9.6 Investigateäsä-ODELä%QUIVALENTä&RACTIONSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P185
9.7ä %QUIVALENTä&RACTIONSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P187
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P189
vii
Measurement
Critical Area Developing understanding of the structure of
rectangular arrays and of area
10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass

Common Core Standards CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.2, CC.3.MD.4

10.1ä 4IMEäTOäTHEä-INUTEä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P193
10.2 A.M.and P.M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P195
10.3ä -EASUREä4IMEä)NTERVALSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P197
10.4ä 5SEä4IMEä)NTERVALSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P199
10.5 Problem Solvingäsä4IMEä)NTERVALSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P201
10.6 Measure Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P203
10.7 Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P205
10.8 Estimate and Measure Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P207
10.9 Solve Problems About Liquid Volume and Mass . . . . . . . . . . P209
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P211
11 Perimeter and Area

Common Core Standards CC.3.MD.5, CC.3.MD.5a, CC.3.MD.6, CC.3.MD.7a, CC.3.MD.7b, CC.3.MD.7c,
CC.3.MD.7d, CC.3.MD.8

11.1 Investigateäsä-ODELä0ERIMETERä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P215 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
11.2ä &INDä0ERIMETERä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P217

11.3 Algebraäsä&INDä5NKNOWNä3IDEä,ENGTHSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P219
11.4 Understand Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P221
11.5 Measure Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P223
11.6 Use Area Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P225
11.7 Problem Solvingäsä!REAäOFä2ECTANGLESä. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P227
11.8 Area of Combined Rectangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P229
11.9ä 3AMEä0ERIMETERä$IFFERENTä!REASä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P231
11.10ä 3AMEä!REAä$IFFERENTä0ERIMETERSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P233
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P235
viii
Geometry
Critical Area Describing and analyzing two-dimensional shapes
12 Two-Dimensional Shapes
Domain Geometry
Common Core Standards CC.3.G.1, CC.3.G.2

12.1ä $ESCRIBEä0LANEä3HAPESä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P239
12.2ä $ESCRIBEä!NGLESäINä0LANEä3HAPESä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P241
12.3ä )DENTIFYä0OLYGONSä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P243
12.4ä $ESCRIBEä3IDESäOFä0OLYGONSä. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P245
12.5 Classify Quadrilaterals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P247
12.6ä $RAWä1UADRILATERALSä. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P249
12.7ä $ESCRIBEä4RIANGLESä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P251
12.8 Problem Solvingäsä#LASSIFYä0LANEä3HAPESä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P253
12.9 Investigateäsä2ELATEä3HAPESä&RACTIONSäANDä!REA . . . . . . . . . . P255
Extra Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P257
ix
End–of–Year Resources
Getting Ready for Grade 4
These lessons review important skills and prepare you for Grade 4.
LESSON PRACTICE
Lesson 1 Numbers to Ten Thousand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P259 . . . GRP1

Lesson 2 Read and Write Numbers to Ten Thousand . . . . . .P261 . . . GRP2
Lesson 3 Relative Size on a Number Line . . . . . . . . . . . .P263 . . . GRP3
Lesson 4 Compare 3- and 4-Digit Numbers . . . . . . . . . . .P265 . . . GRP4
Checkpoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P267
Lesson 5 Multiply with 11 and 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P269 . . . GRP5
Lesson 6 Divide with 11 and 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P271 . . . GRP6
Lesson 7 Algebraäs Multiplication and Division Relationships. .P273 . . . GRP7
Lesson 8 Use Multiplication Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P275 . . . GRP8
Lesson 9 Use Models to Multiply Tens and Ones . . . . . . . .P277 . . . GRP9
Lesson 10 Model Division with Remainders . . . . . . . . . . .P279 . . GRP10
Lesson 11 Use Models to Divide Tens and Ones . . . . . . . . .P281 . . GRP11
Checkpoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P283
Lesson 12 Model Tenths and Hundredths . . . . . . . . . . . . .P285 . . GRP12
Lesson 13 Fractions Greater Than One . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P287 . . GRP13
Lesson 14 Equivalent Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P289 . . GRP14
Lesson 15 Equivalent Fractions on a Multiplication Table . . . .P291 . . GRP15
Checkpoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P293
Lesson 16 Same Size, Same Shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P295 . . GRP16
Lesson 17 Algebraäs Change Customary Units of Length . . . .P297 . . GRP17
Lesson 18 Algebraäs Change Metric Units of Length . . . . . .P299 . . GRP18
Lesson 19 Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume . . . . . . . . .P301 . . GRP19
Lesson 20 Estimate and Measure Weight . . . . . . . . . . . .
.P303 . . GRP20
Checkpoint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P305
x

1

estimate A number close to

an exact amount
compatible numbers Numbers
that are easy to compute mentally
Dear Family, and are close to the real numbers
During the next few weeks, our math class will

be learning to estimate and solve addition and
subtraction problems using numbers through
hundreds.
You can expect to see homework that provides
practice with adding and subtracting numbers
as well as estimating sums and differences.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught
to estimate sums.
Estimate Sums
These are two methods we will be using
to estimate sums. Choosing Compatible
Numbers to Estimate
367 1 512 5 n
Sums and Differences
Use rounding. Use compatible numbers.
A number may have more
STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 1 STEP 2 than one compatible
number. For example,
Round each Add the Find a Add the
a compatible number
number to rounded compatible numbers for 362 could be 350 or
the nearest numbers. number for mentally. 400. Whichever numbers
hundred. each addend. are easiest to add or
367 n 400 400 105 n 100 100 subtract mentally are
1 512 n 500 1 500 1 362 n 400 1 400 the best ones to use for
estimations.
900 500
Activity
Provide books with large numbers of pages (3-digit numbers).
Have your child use rounding and compatible numbers to
estimate the total number of pages in the two books and
compare how many more pages one book has than the other.
Chapter 1 P1
1

estimación Un número que se

aproxima a una cantidad exacta
números compatibles Números con
los que es fácil calcular mentalmente
Querida familia, y que se aproximan a los números
reales
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de
matemáticas aprenderemos a estimar y resolver
problemas de suma y resta usando números hasta
las centenas.
Llévare a la casa tareas con actividades para
practicar la suma y la resta, y para estimar sumas
y diferencias.
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como
aprenderemos a estimar sumas.
Estimar sumas
Estos son dos métodos que usaremos para estimar sumas.
367 1 512 5 n Elegir números

compatibles para estimar
Usa el redondeo. Usa números compatibles. sumas y restas
PASO 1 PASO 2 PASO 1 PASO 2 Un número puede tener
más de un número
Redondea cada Suma los Halla Suma los
compatible. Por ejemplo,
número a la números un número números
un número compatible
centena más que compatible para mental-
para 362 puede ser 350
cercana. hallaste. cada sumando. mente. o 400. Cualquiera de los
números con el que sea
367 n 400 400 105 n 100 100 más fácil sumar y restar
1 512 n 500 1 500 1 362 n 400 1 400 mentalmente sirve para
900 500 hacer estimaciones.
Actividad
Dé a su hijo o hija dos libros que tengan bastantes páginas
(con números de 3 dígitos). Pídale que use el redondeo y los
números compatibles para estimar el total de páginas de los
dos libros y para averiguar cuántas más páginas tiene un libro
que el otro.
P2
ALGEBRA
Lesson 1.1
Name
Number Patterns
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.9
Solve problems involving the four operations, and

identify and explain patterns in arithmetic.
Find the sum. Then use the Commutative Property
of Addition to write the related addition sentence.
1. 9 1 2 11
5_ 4. 3 1 10 5_ 7. 8 1 9 5_
2 1_
_ 9 5_
11 _1_5_ _1_5_
2. 4 1 7 5_ 5. 6 1 7 5_ 8. 0 1 4 5_
_1_5_ _1_5_ _1_5_
3. 3 1 6 5_ 6. 7 1 5 5_ 9. 9 1 6 5_
_1_5_ _1_5_ _1_5_
Is the sum even or odd? Write even or odd.
10. 5 1 2 __ 11. 6 1 4 __ 12. 1 1 0 __
13. 5 1 5 __ 14. 3 1 8 __ 15. 7 1 7 __
16. Ada writes 10 1 8 5 18 on the 17. Jackson says he has an odd number
board. Maria wants to use the of model cars. He has 6 cars on one
Commutative Property of Addition shelf and 8 cars on another shelf. Is
to rewrite Ada’s addition sentence. Jackson correct? Explain.

What number sentence should
_______
Maria write?
_______
_______ _______
Chapter 1 P3
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.9)
PREP
1. Marvella says that the sum of 2. Which number sentence shows the
her addends is odd. Which of Commutative Property of Addition?
the following could be Marvella’s
3 1 9 5 12
addition problem?
A 513 C 218 A 12 2 9 5 3 C 9 1 3 5 12
B 917 D 516 B 12 5 8 1 4 D 12 2 3 5 9
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.MD.3, CC.2.MD.8, CC.2.MD.10)

3. Amber has 2 quarters, a dime, and 4. Josh estimates the height of his
3 pennies. How much money does desk. Which is the best estimate?
Amber have? (Grade 2) (Grade 2)
A 53¢ C 63¢ A 1 foot C 5 feet

B 58¢ D 68¢ B 2 feet D 9 feet
Use the bar graph for 5–6.
5. Who read the most books? (Grade 2)

Books Read
A Alicia 7
Number of Books Read
B Bob 6
5
C Juan 4
3
D Maria
2
6. Who read 3 more books 1 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
0
than Bob? (Grade 2) Juan Bob Maria Alicia
A Alicia Student
B Juan
C Maria
D no one
P4
Lesson 1.2
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NBT.1
Round to the Nearest Ten
Use place value understanding and properties of
or Hundred operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Locate and label 739 on the number line.

Round to the nearest hundred.

700
1. 739 is between _ and _. 800
2. 739 is closer to _ than it is to _.
3. 739 rounded to the nearest hundred is _.
Round to the nearest ten and hundred.
4. 363 __ 5. 829 __ 6. 572 __
__ __ __
7. 209 __ 8. 663 __ 9. 949 __
__ __ __
10. 762 __ 11. 399 __ 12. 402 __
__ __ __
13. The baby elephant weighs 14. Jayce sold 218 cups of lemonade
435 pounds. What is its weight at his lemonade stand. What is
rounded to the nearest hundred 218 rounded to the nearest ten?
pounds?
Chapter 1 P5
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.1) PREP
1. One day, 758 people visited the 2. Sami ordered 132 dresses for her
Monkey House at the zoo. What store. What is 132 rounded to the
is 758 rounded to the nearest nearest ten?
hundred?
A 700 C 800 A 100 C 140
B 760 D 860 B 130 D 200
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.G.1, CC.2.G.3; CC.3.OA.9)

3. Which describes the number 4. Which has an even sum? (Lesson 1.1)
sentence? (Lesson 1.1)

61056
A Commutative Property of Addition A 714
B Identity Property of Addition B 216
C even 1 odd 5 odd C 514
D odd 1 odd 5 odd D 312
5. What name describes this shape? 6. What word describes the equal
(Grade 2) shares of the shape? (Grade 2)
A cone A wholes
B cube B thirds
C rectangle C halves
D triangle D fourths
P6
Lesson 1.3
Name
Estimate Sums
operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate the sum.
1. 198 200 2. 87 3. 222

1
__727 1 725
__ 1
__34 1
__ 1
__203 __
1
925
4. 52 5. 256 6. 302
1
__39 1
__ 1
__321 1 _
_ 1
__412 __
1
7. 519 8. 790 9. 547

1
__124 1
__ 1
__112 1 _
_ 1
__326 __
1
10. 325 1 458 11. 620 1 107
1 5 1 5
12. Stephanie read 72 pages on Sunday 13. Matt biked 345 miles last month.
and 83 pages on Monday. About This month he has biked 107 miles.
how many pages did Stephanie read Altogether, about how many miles
during the two days? has Matt biked last month and
this month?
_____ _____
Chapter 1 P7
TEST
1. The McBrides drove 317 miles 2. Ryan counted 63 birds in his
on one day and 289 on the next backyard last week. This week, he
day. What is the best estimate of counted 71 birds in his backyard.
the number of miles the McBrides About how many birds did Ryan
drove in all during the two days? count in all?
A 100 A about 70
B 400 B about 100
C 500 C about 130
D 600 D about 200
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.G.1; CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.OA.9)

3. What name describes this shape? 4. Which has an odd sum? (Lesson 1.1)
(Grade 2)
A 919
B 513
C 617
A cone D 218
B cube
C quadrilateral
D square
5. What is 503 rounded to the nearest 6. What is 645 rounded to the nearest
hundred? (Lesson 1.2) ten? (Lesson 1.2)

A 500 A 600
B 510 B 640
C 600 C 650
D 610 D 700
P8
Lesson 1.4
Name
Mental Math Strategies
for Addition operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Count by tens and ones to find the sum.

Use the number line to show your thinking.
1. 29 1 14 5 _ 43 2. 36 1 28 5 _
1( 1(' 1*
)0 *' +' +*
3. 45 1 26 5 _ 4. 52 1 34 5 _
Use mental math to find the sum.

Draw or describe the strategy you use.
5. 52 1 19 5 __ 6. 122 1 306 5 __
7. Shelley spent 17 minutes washing 8. It took Marty 42 minutes to write

the dishes. She spent 38 minutes a book report. Then he spent
cleaning her room. Explain how you 18 minutes correcting his report.
can use mental math to find how Explain how you can use mental
long Shelley spent on the two tasks. math to find how long Marty spent
on his book report.
Chapter 1 P9
TEST
1. Sylvia spent 36¢ for a pencil and 2. Will spent 24 minutes putting
55¢ for a notepad. Use mental together a model plane. Then
math to find how much she spent he spent 48 minutes painting the
in all. model. How long did Will spend
working on the model plane?
A 80¢ C 90¢ A 62 minutes C 72 minutes
B 81¢ D 91¢ B 68 minutes D 81 minutes
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.G.1, CC.2.G.3; CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1)

3. What name describes this shape? 4. What word describes the equal
(Grade 2) shares of the shape? (Grade 2)
A hexagon A fourths
B pentagon B halves
C quadrilateral C sixths
D triangle D thirds
5. Tammy wrote an addition problem 6. Greg counted 83 cars and

that has an odd sum. Which could 38 trucks in the mall parking lot.
be Tammy’s addition problem? Which is the best estimate of the © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
(Lesson 1.1) total number of cars and trucks

Greg counted? (Lesson 1.3)
A 216 A 100
B 315 B 110
C 516 C 120
D 717 D 130
P10
ALGEBRA
Lesson 1.5
Name
Use Properties to Add

Use addition properties and strategies to find
the sum.
1. 34 1 62 1 51 1 46 5 _ 193 2. 27 1 68 1 43 5 _
34
46 10
10 62
1
_ 51
193
3. 42 1 36 1 18 5 _ 4. 74 1 35 1 16 1 45 5 _
5. 41 1 26 1 149 5 _ 6. 52 1 64 1 28 1 44 5 _
7. A pet shelter has 26 dogs, 37 cats, 8. The pet shelter bought 85 pounds
and 14 gerbils. How many of these of dog food, 50 pounds of cat food,
animals are in the pet shelter in all? and 15 pounds of gerbil food. How
many pounds of animal food did the
pet shelter buy?
Chapter 1 P11
TEST
1. At summer camp there are 52 boys, 2. At camp, 32 children are swimming,
47 girls, and 18 adults. How many 25 are fishing, and 28 are canoeing.
people are at summer camp? How many children are swimming,
fishing, or canoeing?
A 97 A 75
B 107 B 85
C 117 C 95
D 127 D 105
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.MD.3; CC.3.NBT.1)

3. Four students estimated the width 4. Four students estimated the height
of the door to their classroom. Who of the door to their classroom. Who
made the best estimate? (Grade 2) made the best estimate? (Grade 2)
A Ted: 1 foot A Larry: 1 meter
B Hank: 3 feet B Garth: 2 meters
C Ann: 10 feet C Ida: 14 meters
D Maria: 15 feet D Jill: 20 meters
5. Jeff’s dog weighs 76 pounds. What 6. Ms. Kirk drove 164 miles in the
is the dog’s weight rounded to the morning and 219 miles in the
nearest ten pounds? (Lesson 1.2) afternoon. Which is the best
estimate of the total number of
A 70 pounds miles she drove that day? (Lesson 1.3)
100 miles
A
B 80 pounds
C 90 pounds B 200 miles
D 100 pounds C 400 miles
D 500 miles
P12
Lesson 1.6
Name
Use the Break Apart Strategy
to Add operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Estimate. Then use the break apart strategy

to find the sum.
800
1. Estimate: _ 2. Estimate: _
325 5 300 1 20 1 5 518 5

__ 400 1 90 1 4
1 494 5 ____ 1 372 5
__
700 1 110 1 9
473 5 208 5
1 123 5
__ 1 569 5
__
731 5 495 5
1 207 5
__ 1 254 5
__
Use the table for 7–8.

7. Laura is making a building using Set A Build-It Blocks
and Set C. How many blocks can she
Set Number of Blocks

use in her building?
A 165
B 188
C 245
8. Clark is making a building using Set B
and Set C. How many blocks can he
use in his building?
Chapter 1 P13
TEST
1. Arthur read two books last week. 2. One skeleton in a museum has
One book has 216 pages. The 189 bones. Another skeleton has
other book has 327 pages. 232 bones. How many bones in all
Altogether, how many pages are in the two skeletons?
are in the two books?
A 533 A 311
B 543 B 312
C 633 C 411
D 643 D 421
Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.MD.8; CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.2)

3. Culver has 1 quarter, 3 dimes, and 4. Felicia has 34 quarters, 25 dimes,
a penny. How much money does and 36 pennies. How many coins
he have? (Grade 2) does Felicia have? (Lesson 1.5)
A 41¢ A 75
B 55¢ B 85
C 56¢ C 95
D 86¢ D 105
5. Jonas wrote 9 1 8 5 17. Which 6. At Kennedy School there are

number sentence shows the 37 girls and 36 boys in the third
Commutative Property of Addition? grade. How many students are in
(Lesson 1.1) the third grade at Kennedy School? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
(Lesson 1.4)
A 91059 A 63
B 8 1 9 5 17 B 73
C 17 2 9 5 8 C 81
D 17 2 8 5 9 D 91
P14
Lesson 1.7
Name
Use Place Value to Add
Estimate. Then find the sum.
600
1. Estimate: _ 2. Estimate: _ 3. Estimate: _ 4. Estimate: _
1
324 519 323 169
1
__285 1
__347 1
__151 1
__354
609
148 270 275 157

1
__285 1
__453 1
__116 1
__141
127 258 311 534

1
__290 1
__565 1
__298 1
__256
13. Mark has 215 baseball cards. Emily 14. Jason has 330 pennies. Richie
has 454 baseball cards. How many has 268 pennies. Rachel has 381
baseball cards do Mark and Emily pennies. Which two students have
have altogether? more than 700 pennies combined?
_______ _______
Chapter 1 P15
TEST
1. There are 167 students in the 2. Jamal read a book with 128 pages.
third grade. The same number of Then he read a book with
students is in the fourth grade. How 179 pages. How many pages
many third graders and fourth did Jamal read in all?
graders are there in all?
A 224 A 397
B 234 B 307
C 324 C 297
D 334 D 207
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)

3. Adam travels 248 miles on Monday. 4. Wes made $14, $62, $40, and
He travels 167 miles on Tuesday. $36 mowing lawns. How much
Which is the best estimate for did he make in all mowing lawns?
the total number of miles Adam (Lesson 1.5)
travels? (Lesson 1.3)

A 200 A $116
B 300 B $152
C 400 C $166
D 500 D $188
5. There are 24 students in 6. There were 475 children at the

Mrs. Cole’s class and 19 students baseball game on Sunday. What is © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
in Mr. Garmen’s class. How many 475 rounded to the nearest ten?
students in all are in the two (Lesson 1.2)
classes? (Lesson 1.4)
A 43 A 400
B 40 B 470
C 33 C 480
D 5 D 500
P16
Lesson 1.8
Name
Estimate Differences
Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate

the difference.
1. 40 40 2. 762 3. 823
2
__13 2
__10 2
__332 2
__ 2
__242 2
__
30
4. 98 5. 287 6. 359
2
__49 2
__ 2
__162 2
__ 2
__224 2
__
7. 68 8. 476 9. 622
2
__31 2
__ 2
__155 2
__ 2
__307 __
2
10. 771 2 531 11. 299 2 61

2 5 2 5
12. Ben has a collection of 13. Savannah’s bakery sold 284 pies in
812 stamps. He gives his brother September. In October the bakery
345 stamps. About how many sold 89 pies. About how many more
stamps does Ben have left? pies did Savannah’s bakery sell in
September than in October?
_____ _____
Chapter 1 P17
TEST
1. Jorge has 708 baseball cards and 2. Danika is making necklaces.
394 basketball cards. About how She has 512 silver beads and
many more baseball cards than 278 blue beads. About how
basketball cards does Jorge have? many more silver than blue
beads does Danika have?
A about 200 A about 200
B about 300 B about 300
C about 400 C about 400
D about 500 D about 800

3. A store manager ordered 4. Autumn collected 129 seashells at
402 baseball caps and 122 ski the beach. What is 129 rounded to
caps. Which is the best estimate the nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2)
of the total number of caps the
manager ordered? (Lesson 1.3)
A 100
A 300 B 120
B 500
C 130
C 600
D 200
D 700
5. Find the sum. (Lesson 1.7) 6. Julie made $22, $55, $38, and
$25 babysitting. How much did she
585
make in all babysitting? (Lesson 1.5)

1 346
__
A 239 A $102
B 821 B $115
C 900 C $140
D 931 D $165
P18
Lesson 1.9
Name
Mental Math Strategies
for Subtraction operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Use mental math to find the difference.

Draw or describe the strategy you use.
1. 74 2 39 5 __ 35 2. 93 2 28 5 __
2 2 2 2 2

3. 51 2 9 5 __ 4. 76 2 23 5 __
5. 357 2 214 5 __ 6. 285 2 99 5 __

7. Ruby has 78 books. Thirty-one of the 8. Kyle has 130 pins in his collection.
books are on shelves. The rest are He has 76 of the pins displayed on
still packed in boxes. How many of his wall. The rest are in a drawer.
Ruby’s books are still in boxes? How many of Kyle’s pins are in a
drawer?
Chapter 1 P19
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.NBT.2)
PREP
1. One day, a baker made 54 fruit 2. George’s father bought a 50-pound
pies. At the end of the day, only bag of wild bird seed. At the end
9 of the pies were NOT sold. How of two weeks, 36 pounds of seed
many pies were sold that day? were left in the bag. How many
pounds of seed had been used?
A 43 C 63 A 14 pounds C 26 pounds
B 45 D 65 B 24 pounds D 86 pounds

3. For a party, Shaun blew up 36 red 4. Tiffany has read 115 pages of her
balloons, 28 white balloons, and book. She has 152 pages left to
24 blue balloons. How many read. How many pages are in the
balloons did he blow up in all? book? (Lesson 1.6)
(Lesson 1.5)
A 78 A 37
B 81 B 267
C 87 C 277
D 88 D 367
5. The flower shop had 568 flowers 6. There are 383 books in one section
on Monday. By Tuesday, the shop of the school library. Of the books,
had 159 flowers left. About how 165 are fiction books. Which is the
many flowers had been sold? best estimate of the number of
(Lesson 1.8) books in that section that are NOT © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A about 200 fiction? (Lesson 1.8)
B about 300 A about 200

C about 400 B about 300
D about 500 C about 400
D about 500
P20
Lesson 1.10
Name
Use Place Value to Subtract
Estimate. Then find the difference.
1. Estimate: 500 2. Estimate: 3. Estimate: 4. Estimate:

7 15
585 738 651 815
2
__119 2
__227 2
__376 2
__281
5. Estimate: 6. Estimate: 7. Estimate: 8. Estimate:

487 936 270 364
2
__290 2 329
__ 2 128
__ 2 177
__
9. Estimate: 10. Estimate: 11. Estimate: 12. Estimate:

627 862 726 543
2 253
__ 2 419
__ 2 148
__ 2 358
__
13. Mrs. Cohen has 427 buttons. She 14. There were 625 ears of corn and
uses 195 buttons to make puppets. 247 tomatoes sold at a farm stand.
How many buttons does Mrs. Cohen How many more ears of corn were
have left? sold than tomatoes?
_____ _____
Chapter 1 P21
TEST
1. On Saturday, 453 people go to a 2. Corey has 510 marbles. He fills one
school play. On Sunday, 294 people jar with 165 marbles. How many of
go to the play. How many more Corey’s marbles are NOT in the jar?
people go to the play on Saturday?
A 159 A 675
B 169 B 455
C 259 C 350
D 747 D 345

3. Pattie brought 64 peppers to sell 4. An airplane flies 617 miles in the
at the farmers’ market. There were morning. Then it flies 385 miles in
12 peppers left at the end of the the afternoon. About how many
day. How many peppers did Pattie more miles does the airplane fly in
sell? (Lesson 1.9) the morning? (Lesson 1.8)
A 50 A about 100 miles
B 52 B about 200 miles
C 62 C about 300 miles
D 78 D about 900 miles
5. What is the unknown number? 6. Dexter has 128 shells. He needs

(Lesson 1.5) 283 more shells for his art project.
(O 1 4) 1 59 5 70 How many shells will Dexter use © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
for his art project? (Lesson 1.6)
A 4 A 155
B 6 B 165
C 7 C 401
D 8 D 411
P22
Lesson 1.11
Name
Combine Place Values to Subtract

200
476 615 508 716

2 269
__ 2 342
__ 2 113
__ 2 229
__
700 325 935 358

2
__326 2
__179 2
__813 2
__292
826 900 607 973

2
__617 2
__158 2
__568 2
__869
13. Bev scored 540 points. This was 14. A youth group earned $285 washing
158 points more than Ike scored. cars. The group’s expenses were
How many points did Ike score? $79. How much profit did the group
make washing cars?
_____ _____
Chapter 1 P23
TEST
1. A television program lasts for 2. Syd spent 215 minutes at the
120 minutes. Of that time, library. Of that time, he spent
36 minutes are taken up by 120 minutes on the computer. How
commercials. What is the length much of his time at the library did
of the actual program without the Sid NOT spend on the computer?
commercials?
A 84 minutes C 104 minutes A 85 minutes C 105 minutes
B 94 minutes D 156 minutes B 95 minutes D 335 minutes
Spiral Review (CC3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)

3. Xavier’s older brother has 4. The students traveled to the zoo in
568 songs on his music player. 3 buses. One bus had 47 students.
To the nearest hundred, about The second bus had 38 students.
how many songs are on the music The third bus had 43 students. How
player? (Lesson 1.2) many students in all were on the
three buses? (Lesson 1.5)
A 500 A 108
B 600 B 118
C 700 C 128
D 800 D 138
5. Callie has 83 postcards in her 6. There were 475 seats set up for the
collection. Of the postcards, school play. At one performance,
24 are from Canada. The rest of 189 of the seats were empty. How
the postcards are from the United many seats were filled at that © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
States. How many of the postcards performance? (Lesson 1.10)

are from the United States? (Lesson 1.9)
A 58 A 286
B 59 B 296
C 61 C 314
D 69 D 396
P24
Ã
Lesson 1.12
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃE:;BÃÞ::?J?EDÃ
7D:ÃK8JH79J?ED Solve problems involving the four operations, and
Use the bar model to solve the problem.
1. Elena went bowling. Elena’s score in the first game

was 127. She scored 16 more points in the second
game than in the first game. What was her total score?
127 16 127 143

127 1 16 5 127 1 143 5

143 5 270 5
____270 points
2. Mike’s Music sold 287 CDs on the first day of a 2-day
sale. The store sold 96 more CDs on the second day
than on the first day. How many CDs in all were sold
during the 2-day sale?

5 5
____
Chapter 1 P25
TEST
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.OA.8) PREP
1. Ms. Hinely picked 46 tomatoes from 2. Rosa read 57 pages of a book in
her garden on Friday. On Saturday, the morning. She read 13 fewer
she picked 17 tomatoes. How many pages in the afternoon. How
tomatoes did she pick in all? many pages did Rosa read in the
afternoon?
A 109 C 53 A 44 C 70
B 63 D 29 B 60 D 83

3. Mike has 57 action figures. Alex 4. There are 500 sheets of paper in
has 186 action figures. Which is the pack Hannah bought. She has
the best estimate of the number of used 137 sheets already. How
action figures Mike and Alex have many sheets of paper does Hannah
altogether? (Lesson 1.8) have left? (Lesson 1.11)
A 150 A 363
B 250 B 463
C 350 C 400
D 400 D 637
5. There were 378 visitors to the 6. Ravi scores 247 points in a video
science museum on Friday. There game. How many more points does
were 409 visitors on Saturday. he need to score a total of 650?
How many more people visited the (Lesson 1.10)
museum on Saturday? (Lesson 1.7)

A 25 A 897
B 31 B 430
C 171 C 417
D 787 D 403
P26
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1,
Name CC.3.NBT.2
Chapter 1 Extra Practice

Lesson 1.1
Find the sum. Then use the Commutative Property of
Addition to write the related addition sentence.
1. 5 1 7 5 _ 2. 4 1 9 5 _ 3. 0 1 5 5 _
_ 1_5_ _ 1_5_ _ 1_5_
Lesson 1.2
Round to the nearest ten and hundred.
1. 622 _ 2. 307 _ 3. 867 _
_ _ _
Lesson 1.3
Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate the sum.
1. 24 2. 112 3. 583
1 82
__ 1
__ 1 279 __
__ 1 1 169
__ 1
__
Lesson 1.4
Use mental math to find the sum.
1. 71 1 99 5 __ 2. 38 1 58 5 __ 3. 307 1 418 5 __
Lesson 1.5
Use addition properties and strategies to find the sum.
1. 13 1 47 1 21 1 79 5 __ 2. 55 1 18 1 15 1 43 5 __
Chapter 1 P27
Lessons 1.6–1.7
Estimate. Then find the sum.
325 219 437 308

1 389
__ 1 445
__ 1 146
__ 1 593
__
Lesson 1.8
Use rounding or compatible numbers to
estimate the difference.
1. 82 2. 192 3. 618
2
__44 2
__ 2
__78 2
__ 2
__369 2
__
Lesson 1.9
Use mental math to find the difference.
1. 92 2 41 5 __ 2. 451 2 125 5 __ 3. 703 2 359 5__
Lessons 1.10–1.11
622 506 763 848

2
__354 2
__189 2
__295 2
__209
Lesson 1.12
1. Sara read 81 pages in her book. 2. Herb planted 28 pea plants. He
Colin read 64 pages in his book. planted 15 fewer tomato plants.
How many more pages did Sara How many pea and tomato plants
read than Colin? did Herb plant in all?
P28

2

bar graph A graph that uses bars

to show data
data Information that is collected
about people or things
Dear Family, frequency table A frequency
During the next few weeks, our math class will table uses numbers to record
data.
learn about interpreting and representing data.
line plot A line plot uses marks to
You can expect to see homework that provides record each piece of data above
a number line.
practice with tally tables, frequency tables,
picture graphs, bar graphs, and line plots. picture graph A picture graph
uses small pictures or symbols to
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught show information.
to solve problems using a bar graph.
Use a Bar Graph to Solve a Problem

Use the bar graph. How many more sports books than
Reading Scales
nature books does Richard have?
To make reading the
STEP 1 length or height of
Richard’s Books
Identify the bars for a bar easier, use a
Sports and Nature. straightedge or ruler to
History
Subject
line up one end of the

STEP 2 Sports bar with the number on
the scale.
Count along the scale Nature
to find the difference
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
between the bars. The Number of Books
difference is 5 books.
So, Richard has 5 more sports books than nature books.
Activity
Look for bar graphs in magazines and newspapers or
help your child create his or her own bar graphs. Then
ask questions such as “how many more” and “how many
fewer” and help your child find the answers.
Chapter 2 P29
2

gráfica de barras Una gráfica que

muestra los datos por medio de
barras
datos La información que se

Estimada familia, recolecta sobre las personas o cosas
tabla de frecuencia Una tabla de

Durante la próximas semanas, en la clase de frecuencia registra los datos por
matemáticas aprenderemos acerca de interpretar medio de números.
y representar problemas usando una gráfica de diagrama de puntos Un diagrama

de puntos usa marcas para anotar
barras datos. cada pieza de datos en una recta
numérica.
Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para poner en
práctica las tablas de frecuencia, las gráficas de gráfica de dibujos Una gráfica
de dibujos muestra la información
dibujos, las gráficas de barras y los diagramas de por medio de dibujos pequeños o
puntos. símbolos.
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como aprenderemos

a resolver problemas usando una gráfica de barras .
Usar una gráfica de barras para resolver un problema

Usa la gráfica de barras. ¿Cuántos libros más de deportes que de
la naturaleza tiene Richard? Escalas
PASO 1 Para leer más fácil la
Los libros de Richard
Identifica las barras longitud o altura de una
barra, usa una orilla recta
para Deportes y Historia o una regla para alinear un
Naturaleza.
Tema
extremo de la barra con el

Deportes
número de la escala.
PASO 2
Naturaleza
Cuenta a lo largo de
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
la escala para hallar Número de libros
la diferencia entre las © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
barras. La diferencia
es 5 libros.
Entonces, Richard tiene 5 libros más de deportes que de la naturaleza.
Actividad
Busque y recorte gráficas de barras de revistas o periódicos o ayude a su
hijo a crear sus propias gráficas de barras. Después haga preguntas como
“cuántos más” y “cuántos menos”. Ayúdelo a hallar las respuestas.
P30
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 2.1
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃH=7D?P;Ã7J7
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.3
Represent and interpret data.
Use the Favorite School Subject tables for 1–4.
1. The students in two third-grade classes
Favorite School Subject
recorded their favorite school subject. The
Subject Tally
data are in the tally table. How many fewer
students chose science than chose social Math
studies as their favorite school subject?
Science
Think: Use the data in the tally table to record
the data in the frequency table. Then solve Language Arts
the problem. Reading
12 students
social studies: _
Social Studies
science: _ 5 students
12 – 5 = _ 7
So, _ 7 fewer students chose science. Favorite School Subject
Subject Number
2. What subject did the least number of
students choose? Math
___ Science 5
3. How many more students chose math Language Arts
than language arts as their favorite
subject? Reading
_ more students Social Studies 12

4. Suppose 3 students changed their vote from
math to science. Describe how the
frequency table would change.
Chapter 2 P31
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.3)
PREP
The tally table shows the cards in Kyle’s sports card collection.
1. How many hockey and football Kyle’s Sports Cards
cards does Kyle have combined?
Sport Tally
A 5
Baseball
B 8
Hockey
C 12
D 13 Basketball
Football
F?H7BÃ;L?;MÃ (CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)

2. There are 472 people in the 3. Max and Anna played a video
concert hall. What is 472 rounded game as a team. Max scored
to the nearest hundred? (Lesson 1.2) 463 points and Anna scored
329 points. How many points
A 400
did they score in all? (Lesson 1.12)
B 470
A 892
C 500
B 792
D 600
C 782
D 134
4. Judy has 573 baseball cards in her 5. Ms. Westin drove 542 miles last
collection. Todd has 489 baseball week and 378 miles this week on © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
cards in his collection. How many business. How many miles in all did
fewer cards does Todd have than she drive on business during the
Judy? (Lesson 1.10) two weeks? (Lesson 1.7)
A 84 A 810 miles
B 94 B 820 miles
C 116 C 910 miles
D 184 D 920 miles
P32
Lesson 2.2
Name
Use Picture Graphs Represent and interpret data.
Use the Math Test Scores picture graph for 1–7.

Mrs. Perez made a picture graph of her
students’ scores on a math test. Math Test Scores
100
1. How many students scored 100? How
95
can you find the answer?
To find the number of
________
90
students
________ who scored 100, 85
count each star as 4 students.

________
Key: Each = 4 students.
So, 20 students scored 100.

________
2. What does stand for?

________
3. How many students in all scored 100 or 95?

_______
4. How many more students scored 90 than 85?

_______
5. How many students in all took the test?

_______
6. Suppose the students who scored 7. If 2 more students took the math
85 and 90 on the math test take the test and both made a score of 80,
test again and score 95. How many what would the picture graph look
stars would you have to add to the like?
picture graph next to 95?
Chapter 2 P33
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.3)
PREP
1. Karen asked her friends to name 2. Henry made a picture graph to
their favorite type of dog. show what topping people like on
their pizza. This is his key.
Favorite Dog
Retriever
Each 5 6 people.
Poodle What does stand for?

Terrier
A 2 people
Key: Each = 2 people. B 6 people
C 9 people
How many people chose poodles?
D 12 people
A 10 C 4
B 6 D 3
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1)

3. Estimate the sum. (Lesson 1.3) 4. Estimate the difference. (Lesson 1.8)
523 610
1 295 2 187
A 900 C 700 A 800 C 500

B 800 D 600 B 600 D 400
5. What is 871 rounded to the 6. What is 473 rounded to the

nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2) nearest hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
A 900 A 400
B 880 B 470
C 870 C 500
D 800 D 570
P34
Lesson 2.3
Name
Make Picture Graphs Represent and interpret data.
Ben asked his classmates about their favorite Favorite TV Show

kind of TV show. He recorded their responses in a
Type Number
frequency table. Use the data in the table to make
a picture graph. Cartoons 9
Sports 6
Follow the steps to make a picture graph.
Movies 3
Step 1 Write the title at the top of the graph.
Step 2 Look at the numbers in the table.

Tell how many students each
picture represents for the key. Cartoons
Sports
Step 3 Draw the correct number of pictures
for each type of show. Movies
Use your picture graph for 1–5. Key: Each 5
1. What title did you give the graph?

_________
2. What key did you use?

_________
3. How many pictures did you use

to represent sports?
_________
4. How many pictures would you draw 5. What key would you use if
if 12 students chose game shows as 10 students chose cartoons?
their favorite kind of TV show?
Chapter 2 P35
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.3) PREP
1. Sandy made a picture graph to 2. Tommy is making a picture graph
show the sports her classmates like to show his friends’ favorite kind of
to play. How many fewer students music. He plans to use one musical
chose baseball than chose soccer? note to represent 2 people. How
many notes will he use to represent
Favorite Sport
that 4 people chose country music?
Basketball
A 2
Soccer
B 4
Baseball
C 6
Key: Each 5 2 students. D 8
A 3 C 7
B 4 D 8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)

3. Find the sum. (Lesson 1.7) 4. Sophie wrote odd numbers on her
490 paper. Which number was NOT a
1 234 number that Sophie wrote? (Lesson 1.1)
A 256 C 664 A 5 C 13
B 624 D 724 B 11 D 20
5. Miles ordered 126 books to give 6. Estimate the difference. (Lesson 1.8) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
away at the store opening. What 422

is 126 rounded to the nearest 2 284
hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
A 230 A 100
B 200 B 180
C 130 C 200
D 100 D 700
P36
Lesson 2.4
Name
Use Bar Graphs Represent and interpret data.
Use the After-Dinner Activities bar graph for 1–6.

The third-grade students at Case Elementary After-Dinner Activities
School were asked what they spent the most
14
time doing last week after dinner. The results
Number of Students
12
are shown in the bar graph at the right. 10
8
1. How many students spent the most time
6
watching TV after dinner? 4
2
0
ad or
k
TV me
Re w h a
me a tc y aG
Ho W Pla
Do
_____3 students Activity
2. How many students in all answered the survey?

_____
3. How many students in all played a game or read?

_____
4. How many fewer students read than did homework?

_____
5. How many more students read than

watched TV?
_____
6. Suppose 3 students changed their answers to reading instead

of doing homework. Where would the bar for reading end?
____________
Chapter 2 P37
TEST
Sandwiches Sold 1. The bar graph shows the number
of sandwiches sold at Lisa’s
28 sandwich cart yesterday. How many
Number of Sandwiches
24
tuna sandwiches were sold?
20
16 A 12
12
8
B 16
4 C 18
0
Ham Turkey Tuna Peanut D 20
Butter
Type
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1)

2. What is 582 rounded to the nearest 3. Savannah read 178 minutes last
ten? (Lesson 1.2) week. What is 178 rounded to the
nearest hundred? (Lesson 1.2)
A 500
A 400 C 200
B 580
B 280 D 180
C 590
D 600
4. Estimate the difference. (Lesson 1.8) 5. Estimate the difference. (Lesson 1.8)
371 625
2 99 2 248 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A 500 C 300 A 800 C 400

B 400 D 200 B 500 D 300
P38
Lesson 2.5
Name
Make Bar Graphs Represent and interpret data.
Ben asked some friends to name their favorite Favorite Breakfast Food
breakfast food. He recorded their choices in Number
the frequency table at the right. Food
of Votes
Waffles 8
1. Complete the bar graph by using
Cereal 14
Ben’s data.
Pancakes 12
Oatmeal 4
Favorite Breakfast Food Use your bar graph for 2–5.

16
2. Which food did the most people
choose as their favorite breakfast
Number of Votes
12 food?
8
4
3. How many people chose waffles as
0
their favorite breakfast food?
Waffles Cereal Pancakes Oatmeal
Food
4. How did you know how high to draw the bar for pancakes?
5. Suppose 6 people chose oatmeal as their favorite breakfast food.

How would you change the bar graph?
Chapter 2 P39
TEST
1. Gary asked his friends to name their
Favorite Pizza Topping
favorite pizza topping. He recorded
8 the results in a bar graph. How
many people chose pepperoni?
Number of Votes
6
A 6 C 4
4
B 5 D 1
2
2. Suppose 3 more friends chose
0 mushrooms. Where would the bar
Cheese Sausage Pepperoni Mushrooms for mushrooms end?
Topping
A 2 C 6
B 4 D 8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1)

3. Estimate the sum. (Lesson 1.3) 4. Matt added 14 1 0. What is the
458 correct sum? (Lesson 1.1)
1 214
A 140 C 1
A 700 C 300 B 14 D 0
B 600 D 200
5. There are 682 runners registered 6. There are 187 new students this
for an upcoming race. What is year at Maple Elementary. What is
682 rounded to the nearest 187 rounded to the nearest ten? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
hundred? (Lesson 1.2) (Lesson 1.2)
A 600 A 100
B 680 B 180
C 700 C 190
D 780 D 200
P40
Lesson 2.6
Name
Solve Problems Using Data Represent and interpret data.
Use the Favorite Hot Lunch bar graph for 1–3.

1. How many more students chose pizza than
Favorite Hot Lunch
chose grilled cheese?
12
Think: Subtract the number of students who
Number of Votes
10
chose grilled cheese, 2, from the number of 8
students who chose pizza, 11. 6
11 2 2 5 9 _ more students
4
2
2. How many students did not choose 0
Hot Dog Chicken Pizza Grilled
chicken patty? _ students Patty Cheese
Lunch
3. How many fewer students chose grilled
cheese than chose hot dog?
_ fewer students Ways to Get to School
Use the Ways to Get to School bar graph for 4–7. 14
Number of Students
12
4. How many more students walk than ride 10
in a car to get to school? 8
6
_ more students 4
2
5. How many students walk and ride a bike
0
combined? Car Bus Walk Bike
_ students Transportation
6. Is the number of students who get to 7. What if 5 more students respond

school by car and bus greater than that they get to school by biking?
or less than the number of students Would more students walk or ride a
who get to school by walking and bike to school? Explain.
biking? Explain.
Chapter 2 P41
TEST
1. How many fewer votes were for
bench repair than for food drive? Community Project
A 9
B 10 Food Drive
11
Project
C Wall Mural
Bench
D 16 Repair
Park Pick Up
2. How many votes were there in all?
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
A 4 C 32 Number of Votes
B 14 D 34
3. Find the difference. (Lesson 1.10) 4. Greyson has 75 basketball cards.

650 What is 75 rounded to the nearest
ten? (Lesson 1.2)
2 189
A 60
B 70
A 461 C 539
C 80
B 479 D 571
D 90
5. Sue spent $18 on a shirt, $39 on 6. There are 219 adults and
a jacket, and $12 on a hat. How 174 children at a ballet. How many
much did she spend in all? (Lesson 1.5) people are at the ballet in all?
A $79 C $57 (Lesson 1.7)
B $69 D $51 A 45 C 383

B 293 D 393
P42
Lesson 2.7
Name
Use and Make Line Plots Represent and interpret data.
How Many Shirts Were

Use the data in the table to make a line plot. Sold at Each Price?
Price Number Sold
$11 1
$12 4
$13 6
$14 4
$15 0

$16 2
1. How many shirts sold for $12? 2. At which price were the most
shirts sold?
4 shirts
3. How many shirts in all were sold? 4. How many shirts were sold for $13
or more?
Use the line plot above for 5–6.

5. Were more shirts sold for less than $13 or more than $13? Explain.
6. Is there any price for which there are no data? Explain.
Chapter 2 P43
TEST
1. Pedro made a line plot to show the
heights of the plants in his garden.
How many plants are less than
3 inches tall?

A 4 C 10
B 5 D 16


2. Find the sum. (Lesson 1.7) 3. Find the difference. (Lesson 1.10)
642 460
1 259 2 309
A 383 A 61
B 801 B 151
C 891 C 161
D 901 D 169
4. There were 262 hamburgers 5. Makenzie has 517 stickers in

cooked for the school fair. What her collection. What is 517
is 262 rounded to the nearest rounded to the nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2)
A 200 A 500
B 260 B 510
C 270 C 520
D 300 D 600
P44
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.3, CC.3.MD.4,
Name ALSO CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.OA.8

Lesson 2.1
Use the Pets tables for 1–2.
Pets
1. Manny collected data about pets
owned by students in his class. Pets Tally
Complete Manny’s tally table and Cat 4
frequency table.
Dog 2
Bird 1
Fish 1
2. How many more students have

cats than have dogs and birds
combined?
Lessons 2.2–2.3
Use the Seashells picture graph for 1–3.
1. Maggie has a picture graph that
Seashells
shows the seashells she collected.
How many seashells did Maggie Cockle
collect in all?
Conch
Lightning
2. How many more cockle shells did Whelk
she collect than lightning whelks?

Key: Each = 10 shells.
3. What if the key were “Each 5

5 shells?” How many pictures would
there be for conch?
Chapter 2 P45
Lessons 2.4–2.6
Use the Bicycle Rides frequency table for 1–3.
Bicycle Rides Bicycle Rides

Day Number of Miles 14
Monday 4 12
Number of Miles
Wednesday 9 10
Saturday 12 8
6
4
2
0
Monday Wednesday Saturday
1. The frequency table shows the
Day
number of miles Sean rode on his
bicycle. Use the data in the frequency
table to complete the bar graph.
2. How many more miles did Sean ride 3. Write a number sentence to show
on Saturday than on Monday? how many miles in all Sean rode on
his bicycle.
Lesson 2.7
Use the Number of Beads line plot for 1–3.
1. Kim is making bead necklaces. 7
She records the number of beads 7 7
on the different necklaces on a line 7 7 7
7 7 7 7
plot. How many necklaces have

exactly 50 beads? 7 7 7 7

2. How many necklaces have fewer 3. How many necklaces have 50 or

than 40 beads? more beads?
P46

3

array A set of objects in rows and

columns
equal groups Groups that have
the same number of objects
Dear Family, factor A number that is multiplied
During the next few weeks, our math class will be by another number to find a
product
learning about multiplication. We will learn how
multiply When you multiply, you
addition is related to multiplication and how to combine equal groups to find how
multiply with the factors 0 and 1. many in all.
You can expect to see homework that provides product The answer in a
multiplication problem
practice with multiplication.
Here is a sample of how your child will be shown the
relationship between addition and multiplication.
Relate Addition and Multiplication
This is how we will add or multiply to solve problems

about equal groups.
Skip Counting
Add. Multiply.
Skip counting is another
STEP 1 STEP 1 way to count equal
Draw 2 counters in each Draw 2 counters in each groups to find how many
rectangle to show 4 equal rectangle to show 4 equal in all. For example, there
groups. groups. are 4 groups with 2
counters in each group,
so skip counting by 2s
can be used: 2, 4, 6, 8.
STEP 2 STEP 2 There are 8 counters
Write an addition sentence Write a multiplication in all.
to find how many counters sentence to find how many

in all. counters in all.
212121258 43258
Activity
Help your child arrange 3 equal groups of like objects
(no more than 10 objects in each group). Then have him
or her write an addition sentence and a multiplication
sentence to find how many objects in all.
Chapter 3 P47
3

arreglo Un grupo de objetos
organizados en filas y columnas
grupos iguales Grupos que tienen

la misma cantidad de objetos
Querída Familia, factor Un número que se multiplica
por otro número para hallar el
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de producto
matemáticas aprenderemos sobre la multiplicación. multiplicar Cuando uno multiplica,
Aprenderemos cómo la suma se relaciona con la combina grupos iguales para hallar
cuántos hay en total.
multiplicación y a multiplicar por los factores 0 y 1.
producto El resultado de una
Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para practicar la multiplicación
multiplicación.
la relación entre la suma y la multiplicación.
Relacionar la suma y multiplicación
Así es como vamos a sumar o multiplicar para resolver

problemas de grupos iguales.
Suma. Multiplica. Contar salteado
Contar salteado es otra
PASO 1 PASO 1 manera de contar grupos
Dibuja 2 fichas en cada Dibuja 2 fichas en cada iguales para hallar cuánto
rectángulo para mostrar rectángulo para mostrar hay en total. Por ejemplo,
hay 4 grupos con 2 fichas
4 grupos iguales. 4 grupos iguales.
cada uno, por lo tanto
puedes contar salteado
de 2 en 2: 2, 4, 6, 8. Hay 8
PASO 2 PASO 2 fichas en total.
Escribe un enunciado de suma Escribe un enunciado de

para hallar cuántas fichas hay multiplicación para hallar © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
en total. cuántas fichas hay en total.
212121258 43258
Actividad
Ayude a su hijo a formar 3 grupos iguales de objetos
parecidos (no más de 10 objetos en cada grupo). Después,
pídale que escriba un enunciado de suma y uno de
multiplicación para hallar cuántos objetos hay en total.
P48
Lesson 3.1
Name
Count Equal Groups Represent and solve problems involving
multiplication and division.
Draw equal groups. Skip count to find how many.
1. 2 groups of 2 4 2. 3 groups of 6
3. 5 groups of 3 4. 4 groups of 5
Count equal groups to find how many.
5. 6.
groups of groups of
in all in all
7. Marcia puts 2 slices of cheese 8. Tomas works in a cafeteria kitchen.

on each sandwich. She makes He puts 3 cherry tomatoes on each
4 cheese sandwiches. How many of 5 salads. How many tomatoes
slices of cheese does Marcia use does he use?
in all?
Chapter 3 P49
TEST
PREP
1. Jen makes 3 bracelets. Each 2. Ian has 5 cards to mail. Each card
bracelet has 3 beads. How many needs 2 stamps. How many stamps
beads does Jen use? does Ian need?
A 12 C 6 A 2 C 10
B 9 D 3 B 5 D 15
3. There were 384 people at a play 4. Walking the Dog Pet Store has
on Friday night. There were 438 leashes in stock. They sell
512 people at the play on Saturday 79 leashes during a one-day sale.
night. Which is the best estimate How many leashes are left in stock
of the total number of people who after the sale? (Lesson 1.10)
attended the play on both nights?
(Lesson 1.3)
A 459 C 369
A 900 C 700 B 441 D 359
B 800 D 500
5. The Lakeside Tour bus traveled 6. During one week at Jackson

490 miles on Saturday and School, 210 students buy milk and
225 miles on Sunday. About how 196 students buy juice. How many
many more miles did it travel on drinks are sold that week? (Lesson 1.7)
Saturday? (Lesson 1.8)
A 500 miles C 300 miles A 496 C 396
B 400 miles D 100 miles B 406 D 306
P50
ALGEBRA
Lesson 3.2
Name
Relate Addition and Multiplication
Represent and solve problems involving
Draw a quick picture to show the equal groups. Then

write related addition and multiplication sentences.
1. 3 groups of 5
5 1 ___
___ 5 1 ___
5 5 ____
15
3 3 ___
___ 5 5 ____
15
2. 3 groups of 4
___ 1 ___ 1 ___ 5 ___
___ 3 ___ 5 ___
3. 4 groups of 3
___ 1 ___ 1 ___ 1 ___ 5 ___
___ 3 ___ 5 ___
4. 5 groups of 2
___ 1 ___ 1 ___ 1___ 1___ 5 ___
___ 3 ___ 5 ___
Complete. Write a multiplication sentence.

5. 7 1 7 1 7 5 ___ 6. 3 1 3 1 3 5 ___
___ 3 ___ 5 ___ ___ 3 ___ 5 ___
7. There are 6 jars of pickles in a box. 8. Each day, Jani rides her bike
Ed has 3 boxes of pickles. How 5 miles. How many miles does
many jars of pickles does he have in Jani ride in all in 4 days? Write
all? Write a multiplication sentence a multiplication sentence to find
to find the answer. the answer.
___ 3 ___ 5 ___ jars ___ 3 ___ 5 ___ miles
Chapter 3 P51
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.OA.1) PREP
1. Which is another way to show 2. Use the model. How many
counters are there in all?
3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3?
A 533
B 433
C 833
D 633 A 8 C 12
D 10 D 14
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.4)

3. A school gave 884 pencils to 4. Find the difference. (Lesson 1.10)
students on the first day of school. 632

What is 884 rounded to the nearest 2 274
A 800 C 890 A 906 C 358
B 880 D 900 B 442 D 354
5. The line plot below shows how 6. Darrien read 97 pages last week.
many points Trevor scored in Evan read 84 pages last week.
20 games. (Lesson 2.7) How many pages in all did the boys
read? (Lesson 1.7)

A 13

B 171
C 181
D 271
(, (- (. (/ (0 )'
Points Scored
In how many games did Trevor

score at least 18 points?
A 3 C 6
B 5 D 10
P52
Lesson 3.3
Name
Skip Count on a Number Line Represent and solve problems involving
Draw jumps on the number line to show
equal groups. Find the product.
1. 6 groups of 3
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 (' (( () (* (+ (, (- (. (/ (0 )' )( )) )* )+ ),
6335 18
2. 3 groups of 5
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 (' (( () (* (+ (, (- (. (/ (0 )' )( )) )* )+ ),
3355
Write the multiplication sentence the number line shows.
3. 2 groups of 6
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 (' (( () (* (+ (, (- (. (/ (0 )' )( )) )* )+ ),
3 5
4. Allie is baking muffins for students 5. A snack package has 4 cheese

in her class. There are 6 muffins in sticks. How many cheese sticks are
each baking tray. She bakes 5 trays in 4 packages?
of muffins. How many muffins is she
baking in all?
Chapter 3 P53
TEST
1. Louise skip counts by 4 on a 2. Theo needs 4 boards that are each
number line to find 5 3 4. How 3 feet long to make bookshelves.
many jumps should she draw on How many feet of boards does he
the number line? need altogether?
A 3 A 12 feet
B 4 B 7 feet
C 5 C 4 feet
D 9 D 3 feet
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.MD.3)

3. Estimate the sum. (Lesson 1.3) 4. Which number would you put in a
518 frequency table to show |||| ||| ?
1
_251 (Lesson 2.1)
A 5
A 200 C 800 B 6
B 700 D 900 C 7
D 8
5. A manager at a shoe store received 6. Toby is making a picture graph.

an order for 346 pairs of shoes. Each picture of a book is equal to
What is 346 rounded to the nearest 2 books he has read. The row for
hundred? (Lesson 1.2) Month 1 has 3 pictures of books.
How many books did Toby read
during Month 1? (Lesson 2.2) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A 400 A 2
B 350 B 3
C 340 C 6
D 300 D 8
P54
Ã
Lesson 3.4
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃE:;BÃKBJ?FB?97J?ED COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.OA.8

Draw a diagram to solve each problem. identify and explain patterns in arithmetic.
1. Robert put some toy blocks into 3 rows.

There are 5 blocks in each row. How
many blocks are there in all?
_____ 15 blocks
2. Mr. Fernandez is putting tiles on his
kitchen floor. There are 2 rows with
9 tiles in each row. How many tiles are
there in all?
_____
3. In Jillian’s garden, there are 3 rows of carrots,

2 rows of string beans, and 1 row of peas.
There are 8 plants in each row. How many
plants are there in all?
_____
4. In Sorhab’s classroom, there are 3 rows

with 7 desks in each row. How many
desks are there in all?
_____
5. Maya visits the movie rental store. On one

wall, there are 6 DVDs on each of 5 shelves.
On another wall, there are 4 DVDs on each of
4 shelves. How many DVDs are there in all?
_____
6. The media center at Josh’s school has a

computer area. The first 4 rows have
6 computers each. The fifth row has 4 computers.
How many computers are there in all?
_____
Chapter 3 P55
TEST
TEST
PREP
1. There are 5 shelves of video games 2. Ken watches a marching band. He
in a video store. There are 6 video sees 2 rows of flute players. Six
games on each shelf. How many people are in each row. He sees 8
video games are there in all? trombone players. How many flute
or trombone players does Ken see?
A 35 A 2
B 30 B 6
C 20 C 16
D 11 D 20
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)

3. What is the sum of 438 and 382? 4. Estimate the sum. (Lesson 1.3)
(Lesson 1.7) 622

A 720 C 820 1 84
B 810 D 910
A 500 C 700
B 600 D 800
5. Francine uses 167 silver balloons 6. Yoshi is making a picture graph.

and 182 gold balloons for her store Each picture of a soccer ball stands
party. How many silver and gold for two goals he scored for his
balloons in all does Francine use? team. The row for January has
(Lesson 1.7) 9 soccer balls. How many goals did
Yoshi score during January? (Lesson 2.2)
15 18
A A
B 345 B 16
C 349 C 11
D 359 D 9
P56
Lesson 3.5
Name
Model with Arrays Represent and solve problems involving
Write a multiplication sentence for the array.

1. 2.
21
3375_ 2355 _
Draw an array to find the product.
3. 4 3 2 5 _ 4. 4 3 4 5 _
5. 3 3 2 5 _ 6. 2 3 8 5 _
7. Lenny is moving tables in the school 8. Ms. DiMeo directs the school choir.
cafeteria. He places all the tables in She has the singers stand in 3 rows.
a 7 3 4 array. How many tables are There are 8 singers in each row.
in the cafeteria? How many singers are there in all?
____ ____
Chapter 3 P57
TEST
PREP
1. What multiplication sentence does 2. What multiplication sentence does
this array show? this array show?
A 23356 C 3 3 4 5 12 A 3 3 9 5 27 C 3 3 7 5 21
B 6 3 3 5 18 D 3 3 5 5 15 B 3 3 8 5 24 D 4 3 5 5 20
3. Use the table to find who traveled 4. Use the bar graph to find what hair
700 miles farther than Paul during color most students have. (Lesson 2.4)
summer vacation. (Lesson 1.6)

Hair Color
Summer Vacations Brown
Name Distance in Miles
Paul 233 Black
Color
Andrew 380 Blond

Bonnie 790
Red
Tara 933
Susan 853 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Number of Students
A Andrew C Susan A Brown C Blond

B Bonnie D Tara B Black D Red
5. Spencer ordered 235 cans of 6. Which bar would be the longest on

tomatoes to make salsa for the a bar graph of the data? (Lesson 2.5)
festival. What is 235 rounded to

Favorite Pizza Topping

the nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2) Topping Votes
Cheese 5
Pepperoni 4
A 200 Vegetable 1
B 230 Sausage 3
C 240 A Cheese C Vegetable

D 300 B Pepperoni D Sausage
P58
ALGEBRA
Lesson 3.6
Name
Commutative Property of Multiplication
Understand properties of multiplication and the
relationship between multiplication and division.
Write a multiplication sentence for the model. Then

use the Commutative Property of Multiplication to
write a related multiplication sentence.
1. 2.
5 3 2 5 10 3 5
2 3 5 5 10 3 5
3. 4.
3 5 3 5
3 5 3 5
5. A garden store sells trays of plants. 6. Jeff collects toy cars. They are
Each tray holds 2 rows of 8 plants. displayed in a case that has 4 rows.
How many plants are in one tray? There are 6 cars in each row. How
many cars does Jeff have?
____ ____
Chapter 3 P59
TEST
PREP
1. Which is an example of the 2. What factor makes the number
Commutative Property of sentence true?
Multiplication?
7345O37
A 8345834
B 4325234 A 2
C 2385434 B 4
D 2145234 C 7
D 28
3. Ms. Williams drove 149 miles on 4. Inez has 699 pennies and 198
Thursday and 159 miles on Friday. nickels. Estimate how many more
About how many miles did she pennies than nickels she has.
drive altogether the two days? (Lesson 1.8)
(Lesson 1.3)
A about 150 miles A about 500

B about 200 miles B about 600
C about 300 miles C about 700
D about 400 miles D about 900
5. This year, the parade had 127 6. Jeremy made a tally table to record
floats. That is 34 fewer floats than how his friends voted for their
last year. How many floats were in favorite pet. His table shows © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
the parade last year? (Lesson 1.7) llll llll ll next to Dog. How many
friends voted for dog? (Lesson 2.1)
A 161 A 6
B 151 B 8
C 103 C 10
D 93 D 12
P60
ALGEBRA
Lesson 3.7
Name
Multiply with 1 and 0
Find the product.
1. 1 3 4 5 _ 4 2. 0 3 8 5 _ 3. 0 3 4 5 _ 4. 1 3 6 5 _
5. 3 3 0 5 _ 6. 0 3 9 5 _ 7. 8 3 1 5 _ 8. 1 3 2 5 _
9. 0 3 6 5 _ 10. 4 3 0 5 _ 11. 7 3 1 5 _ 12. 1 3 5 5 _
13. 3 3 1 5 _ 14. 0 3 7 5 _ 15. 1 3 9 5 _ 16. 5 3 0 5 _
17. 10 3 1 5 _ 18. 2 3 0 5 _ 19. 5 3 1 5 _ 20. 1 3 0 5 _
21. 0 3 0 5 _ 22. 1 3 3 5 _ 23. 9 3 0 5 _ 24. 1 3 1 5 _

25. Peter is in the school play. His 26. There are 4 egg cartons on the
teacher gave 1 copy of the play table. There are 0 eggs in each
to each of 6 students. How many carton. How many eggs are there
copies of the play did the teacher in all?
hand out?
______ ______
Chapter 3 P61
TEST
PREP
1. There are 0 bicycles in each bicycle 2. What is the product?
rack. If there are 8 bicycle racks, 1 3 0 5 ___
how many bicycles are there in all?
A 80 C 1 A 0 C 10
B 8 D 0 B 1 D 11
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Mr. Ellis drove 197 miles on 4. What multiplication sentence does

Monday and 168 miles on Tuesday. the array show? (Lesson 3.5)
How many miles did he drive in all?

(Lesson 1.6)
A 29 miles C 365 miles A 13656

B 255 miles D 400 miles B 33256
C 2 3 6 5 12
D 51156
5. How many cars were washed on
Friday and Saturday combined? Cars Washed
(Lesson 2.6)
60
A 55 C 90 50
Number of Cars
80 120
B D 40
30
6. How many more cars were washed 20
on Saturday than on Sunday? 10
0
(Lesson 2.6) y y ay
da da d
Fri atu
r
Sun
S
A 95 C 25 Day
B 30 D 15
P62
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5,
Name CC.3.OA.8

Lesson 3.1
Draw equal groups. Skip count to find how many.
Lesson 3.2
Draw a quick picture to show the equal groups. Then
write related addition and multiplication sentences.
1 5 1 1 5
3 5 3 5
Lesson 3.3
1. Draw jumps on the number line to show 3 groups of 6.
Find the product.
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 (' (( () (* (+ (, (- (. (/ (0 )' )( )) )* )+ ),
3365
2. Write the multiplication sentence the number line shows.
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 (' (( () (* (+ (, (- (. (/ (0 )' )( )) )* )+ ),
3 5
Chapter 3 P63
Lesson 3.4
1. Destiny placed her hair ribbons in
3 groups of 5 on her dresser. How
many hair ribbons in all does Destiny
have? Draw a diagram to solve.
Lesson 3.5
Draw an array to find the product.
1. 2 3 7 5 _____ 2. 2 3 6 5 _____
Lesson 3.6
Write a multiplication sentence for the model. Then
use the Commutative Property of Multiplication to
write a related multiplication sentence.
1. 2.
_3_5_ _3_5_
_3_5_ _3_5_
Lesson 3.7 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Find the product.

1. 6 3 0 5 _____ 2. 5 3 1 5 _____ 3. 0 3 9 5 _____ 4. 1 3 8 5 _____
5. 1 3 4 5 _____ 6. 9 3 1 5 _____ 7. 1 3 0 5 _____ 8. 7 3 0 5 _____
P64

4

Associative Property of
Multiplication The property that
states that when the grouping of
factors is changed, the product
remains the same.
Dear Family,
Distributive Property The
During the next few weeks, our math class will be property that states that
learning how to multiply with the factors 2, 3, 4, multiplying a sum by a number
is the same as multiplying each
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10. addend by the number and then
adding the products.
multiple A number that is the
practice with multiplication facts and product of two counting numbers
strategies.
to multiply with 3 as a factor.
Multiply with 3

This is one way we will be multiplying with 3 to solve Another Way to Solve
problems. Multiplication Problems
Teddy made a face on 1 cookie, using 3 raisins. How many Making an array is
raisins will he need for 4 cookies? another way to solve
the problem. Use tiles to
Drawing a picture is a way to solve this problem. make an array of 4 rows
with 3 tiles in each row.

3, 6, 9, 12
Skip count by 3s to find the number of raisins in all. Count all the tiles.
3, 6, 9, 12 4 groups of 3 is 12.
4 groups of 3 is 12. 4 3 3 5 12 4 3 3 5 12
So, he will need 12 raisins for 4 cookies.
Activity
Have your child draw more groups of 3 for 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 cookies.
Then have your child answer questions such as “How many raisins
would be on 8 cookies? What do you multiply to find out?”
Chapter 4 P65
4

Propiedad asociativa de la

multiplicación La propiedad que
establece que cuando se cambia
la agrupación de los factores, el
producto no cambia
Querida familia,
Propiedad distributiva La propiedad
que establece que multiplicar una
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase suma por un número es lo mismo
que multiplicar cada sumando por
de matemáticas aprenderemos cómo multiplicar ese número y luego sumar los
con los factores 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 y 10. productos
múltiplo Un número que es el

Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para practicar producto de dos números naturales
distintos de cero
las operaciones de multiplicación y sus estrategias.

aprenderemos a multiplicar por el factor 3.
Multiplicar por 3

Esta es una manera de multiplicar por 3 para resolver
Otra manera de resolver
problemas. problemas de multiplicación
Teddy hizo una cara en 1 galleta, con 3 pasas. Hacer una matriz es otra
¿Cuántas pasas necesitará para hacer caras en 4 galletas? manera de resolver el
Una manera de resolver el problema es hacer un dibujo. problema. Usa fichas para
hacer una matriz de 4 filas
con 3 fichas en cada fila.
3, 6, 9, 12
Cuenta salteado de 3 en 3 para hallar el número total de pasas.
Cuenta todas las fichas.
3, 6, 9, 12
4 grupos de 3 son 12. 4 3 3 5 12 4 grupos de 3 son 12.
4 3 3 5 12
Por tanto, Teddy necesitará 12 pasas para 4 galletas.
Actividad
Pida a su hijo o hija que dibuje más grupos de 3 para 5, 6, 7, 8 y 9 galletas.
Después, pídale que conteste preguntas como “¿Cuántas pasas se necesitan
para hacer 8 galletas? ¿Qué factores debes multiplicar para hallar la respuesta?”.
P66
Lesson 4.1
Name
Multiply with 2 and 4 Represent and solve problems involving
Write a multiplication sentence for the model.
1. 2.
Think: There are 2 groups of

5 counters.
_2 5 5_
3_ 10 _ 3_5_
Find the product.
3. 2 4. 4 5. 2 6. 4
3
_ 6 3
_ 8 3
_ 3 3
_ 6
7. 4 8. 2 9. 4 10. 2
3
_ 4 3
_ 7 3
_ 5 3
_ 4
11. On Monday, Steven read 9 pages 12. Courtney’s school is having a

of his new book. To finish the first family game night. Each table has
chapter on Tuesday, he needs to 4 players. There are 7 tables in all.
read double the number of pages he How many players are at the game
read on Monday. How many pages night?
does he need to read on Tuesday?
_______ _______
Chapter 4 P67
TEST
1. Which multiplication sentence 2. Find the product.
matches the model? 2
3
_ 8
A 10
B 14
A 33256 C 4 3 4 5 16 C 16
B 43258 D 4 3 8 5 32 D 18
Spiral Review (CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)

3. Sean made a picture graph to 4. The table shows the lengths of
show his friends’ favorite colors. some walking trails.
This is the key for the graph. Walking Trails
Each 5 2 friends.
Name Length (in feet)
How many friends does
Mountain Trail 844
stand for? (Lesson 2.3)
Lake Trail 792
Harmony Trail 528
A 4 How many feet longer is Mountain
B 8 Trail than Harmony Trail? (Lesson 1.10)
C 20 A 216 feet C 316 feet
D 40 B 264 feet D 528 feet
5. Find the sum. (Lesson 1.7) 6. A bar graph shows that sports
527 books received 9 votes. If the
scale is 0 to 20 by twos, where

1
__154
should the bar end for the sports
books? (Lesson 2.5)
A 373
A between 8 and 10
B 581
B on 10
C 671
C on 8
D 681
D between 6 and 8
P68
Lesson 4.2
Name
Find the product.

35
1. 5 3 7 5 ______ 2. 5 3 1 5 ______ 3. 2 3 10 5 4. ______ 5 8 3 5
5. 1 3 10 5______ 6. ______ 5 4 3 5 7. 5 3 10 5 _____ 8. 7 3 5 5 ______
9. ______ 5 5 3 5 10. 5 3 8 5 ______ 11. ______ 5 5 3 9 12. 10 3 0 5 ______
13. 5 14. 10 15. 5 16. 10

3
_ 6 3
_ 7 3
_ 3 3
_ 4
17. 5 18. 10 19. 5 20. 10

3
_ 0 3
_ 8 3
_ 2 3
_ 6
21. Ginger takes 10 nickels to buy some 22. The gym at Evergreen School has
pencils at the school store. How three basketball courts. There are
many cents does Ginger have to 5 players on each of the courts.
spend? How many players are there in all?
Chapter 4 P69
TEST
1. Mrs. Hinely grows roses. 2. Find the product.
There are 6 roses on each of
her 10 rose bushes. How many 5
roses in all are on Mrs. Hinely’s
rose bushes?
3
_ 8
A 16 C 60 A 8 C 35
B 54 D 66 B 16 D 40
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.MD.3)

3. Mr. Miller’s class voted on where to 4. Zack made this table for his survey.
go for a field trip. Use the picture
graph to find which choice had the Favorite Juice
most votes. (Lesson 2.2) Flavor Votes
Grape 16
Orange 10
Field Trip Choices
Berry 9
Science Center Apple 12
Aquarium
How many students were surveyed
Zoo in all? (Lesson 2.6)
Museum
A 38
Key: Each = 2 votes. B 43
A Science Center C Zoo

C 47
B Aquarium D Museum
D 49
5. Which of the following numbers is 6. Estimate the sum. (Lesson 1.3)
even? (Lesson 1.1) 479

25, 28, 31, 37 1
__ 89
A 25 C 31 A 300 C 500
B 28 D 37 B 400 D 600
P70
Lesson 4.3
Name
Find the product.

1. 6 3 4 5 _ 24 2. 3 3 7 5 _ 3. _ 5 2 3 6 4. _ 5 3 3 5
Think: You can use
doubles.
3 3 4 5 12
12 1 12 5 24
5. 1 3 3 5 _ 6. _ 5 6 3 8 7. 3 3 9 5 _ 8. _ 5 6 3 6
9. 4 10. 6 11. 2 12. 6

3 3
_ 3 5
_ 3 3
_ 3 3
_
13. 10 14. 3 15. 7 16. 3

3 6
_ 3 6
_ 3 6
_ 3 0
_
17. 9 18. 3 19. 10 20. 1

3 6
_ 3 3
_ 3 3
_ 3 6
_
21. James got 3 hits in each of his 22. Mrs. Burns is buying muffins. There
baseball games. He has played are 6 muffins in each box. If she
4 baseball games. How many hits buys 5 boxes, how many muffins will
has he had in all? she buy?
_______ _______
Chapter 4 P71
TEST
1. Paco buys a carton of eggs. The 2. Find the product.
carton has 2 rows of eggs. There 9
are 6 eggs in each row. How many
eggs are in the carton?
3 3
_
A 8 C 14 A 18 C 27
B 12 D 24 B 24 D 36

3. Find the difference. (Lesson 1.10) 4. Dwight made double the number
568 of baskets in the second half of
the basketball game than in the
2 283
__ first half. He made 5 baskets in the
first half. How many baskets did he
make in the second half? (Lesson 4.1)
A 285 C 385 A 7 C 10
B 325 D 851 B 9 D 20
5. In Jane’s picture graph, the 6. What multiplication sentence does

symbol represents two this array show? (Lesson 3.5)
students. One row in the picture
graph has 8 symbols. How many
students does that represent? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
(Lesson 2.3)
A 40 A 5 3 6 5 30
B 32 B 6 3 6 5 36
C 24 C 5 3 5 5 25
D 16 D 1365 6
P72
ALGEBRA
Lesson 4.4
Name
Distributive Property
Write one way to break apart the array. relationship between multiplication and division.
Then find the product.
1. 2.
(3 3 7) 1 (3 3 7)
42
3. 4.
5. There are 2 rows of 8 chairs set up 6. A marching band has 4 rows of

in the library for a puppet show. How trumpeters with 10 trumpeters in
many chairs are there in all? Use the each row. How many trumpeters
Distributive Property to solve. are in the marching band? Use the
Distributive Property to solve.
Chapter 4 P73
TEST
1. Which number sentence is an 2. What is one way to break apart
example of the Distributive the array?
Property?
A 7365637
B 7 3 (2 3 3) 5 (7 3 2) 3 3
C 7 3 6 5 (7 3 3) 1 (7 3 3) A (2 3 6) 1 (2 3 6)
D 716571313 B (4 3 2) 1 (4 3 2)
C (4 3 4) 1 (4 3 4)
D (6 3 3) 1 (6 3 3)

3. The school auditorium has 4. Find the difference. (Lesson 1.11)
448 chairs set out for the third-

grade performance. What is
400
448 rounded to the nearest ten? 2
__296
(Lesson 1.2)
A 500 C 450 A 104 C 204

B 440 D 400 B 114 D 296
5. There are 622 fruit snacks in one 6. Which sport do 6 students play?
crate and 186 in another crate. (Lesson 2.4)
How many fruit snacks are there Sports Students Play

in all? (Lesson 1.7)
Football
622
Baseball
1
__186
Sport
Basketball
Soccer
A 436
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
B 708 Number of Students
C 768 A Football C Basketball

D 808 B Baseball D Soccer
P74
Lesson 4.5
Name
Multiply with 7 Multiply and divide within 100.
Find the product.

1. 6 3 7 5 _ 42 2. _ 5 7 3 9 3. _ 5 1 3 7 4. 3 3 7 5 _
5. 7 3 7 = _ 6. _ 5 2 3 7 7. 7 3 8 5 _ 8. _ 5 4 3 7
9. 7 10. 7 11. 6 12. 7 13. 2

3
_ 5 3
_ 1 3
_ 7 3
_ 4 3
_ 7
14. 10 15. 3 16. 7 17. 8 18. 7

3
_ 7 3
_ 7 3
_ 9 3
_ 7 3
_ 0
19. Julie buys a pair of earrings for $7. 20. Owen and his family will go camping
Now she would like to buy the same in 8 weeks. There are 7 days in
earrings for 2 of her friends. How 1 week. How many days are in
much will she spend for all 3 pairs 8 weeks?
of earrings?
_______ _______
Chapter 4 P75
TEST
PREP
1. Find the product. 2. What product does the array show?
7
3
_ 8
A 54 A 14
B 56 B 17
C 64 C 21
D 66 D 24
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.MD.3)
3. Which statement is true about the 4. How many more people chose
numbers below? (Lesson 1.1) retriever than poodle? (Lesson 2.1)
6, 12, 18, 24, 30 Favorite Breed of Dog

Dog Number
A All of the numbers are odd.
Shepherd 58
B Some of the numbers are odd. Retriever 65
C All of the numbers are even. Poodle 26
D Some of the numbers are even.

A 31 C 41
B 39 D 49
5. What is 94 rounded to the 6. Jack has 5 craft sticks. He needs

nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2) 4 times that number for a project. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
How many craft sticks does Jack

need altogether? (Lesson 4.2)
A 90 A 9
B 94 B 16
C 95 C 20
D 100 D 24
P76
ALGEBRA
Lesson 4.6
Name
Associative Property of Multiplication
Write another way to group the factors. relationship between multiplication and division.
Then find the product.
1. (3 3 2) 3 5 2. (4 3 3) 3 2 3. 2 3 (2 3 8)
3 3 (2 3 5)
____ ____ ____
____30 ____ ____
4. 9 3 (2 3 1) 5. 2 3 (3 3 6) 6. (4 3 2) 3 5
____ ____ ____
____ ____ ____
Use parentheses and multiplication properties.

Then, find the product.
7. 9 3 1 3 5 5 _ 8. 3 3 3 3 2 5 _ 9. 2 3 4 3 3 5 _
10. 5 3 2 3 3 5 _ 11. 7 3 1 3 5 5 _ 12. 8 3 2 3 3 5 _
13. 7 3 2 3 3 5 _ 14. 4 3 1 3 3 5 _ 15. 10 3 2 3 4 5 _

16. Beth and Maria are going to the 17. Randy’s garden has 3 rows of
county fair. Admission costs $4 per carrots with 3 plants in each row.
person for each day. They plan to go Next year he plans to plant 4 times
for 3 days. How much will the girls the number of rows of 3 plants. How
pay in all? many plants will he have next year?
_______ _______
Chapter 4 P77
TEST
1. There are 2 benches in each car 2. Crystal has 2 CDs in each box.
of a train ride. Two people ride on She has 3 boxes on each of her
each bench. If a train has 5 cars, 6 shelves. How many CDs does
how many people in all can be on Crystal have in all?
a train?
A 4 A 6
B 9 B 12
C 10 C 18
D 20 D 36
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT2, CC.MD.3)

3. Find the sum. (Lesson 1.7) 4. Trevor made a picture graph to
472 show how many minutes each
student biked last week. This is
1
__186
his key.
Each 5 10 minutes.
A 658 What does stand for? (Lesson 2.2)
B 648 A 2 minutes C 20 minutes
C 558 B 10 minutes D 25 minutes
D 286
5. Madison has 142 stickers in her 6. There are 5 pages of photos.

collection. What is 142 rounded to Each page has 6 photos. How many
the nearest ten? (Lesson 1.2) photos are there in all? (Lesson 4.2)
A 40 A 12
B 140 B 20
C 150 C 24
D 200 D 30
P78
ALGEBRA
Lesson 4.7
Name
Patterns on the Multiplication Table
Is the product even or odd? Write even or odd.

even
1. 2 3 7 5 ______ Think: Products 2. 4 3 6 5 ______ 3. 8 3 3 5 ______
with 2 as a factor
are even.
4. 2 3 3 5 ______ 5. 9 3 9 5 ______ 6. 5 3 7 5 ______ 7. 6 3 3 5 ______
Use the multiplication table. Describe a pattern you see.

8. in the column for 5
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 ('
' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '
( ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 ('
) ' ) + - / (' () (+ (- (/ )'
9. in the row for 10 * ' * - 0 () (, (/ )( )+ ). *'

+ ' + / () (- )' )+ )/ *) *- +'
, ' , (' (, )' ), *' *, +' +, ,'
- ' - () (/ )+ *' *- +) +/ ,+ -'
. ' . (+ )( )/ *, +) +0 ,- -* .'
/ ' / (- )+ *) +' +/ ,- -+ .) /'
' 0 (/ ). *- +, ,+ -* .) /( 0'
10. in the rows for 3 and 6 0
(' ' (' )' *' +' ,' -' .' /' 0' (''
11. Carl shades a row in the 12. Jenna says that no row or column
multiplication table. The products in contains products with only odd
the row are all even. The ones digits numbers. Do you agree? Explain.
in the products repeat 0, 4, 8, 2, 6.
What row does Carl shade?
Chapter 4 P79
TEST
1. Which has an even product? 2. Which describes this pattern?
10, 15, 20, 25, 30
A 139 A Even and then odd
B 333 B Add 10.
C 537 C Subtract 5.
D 439 D Multiply by 5.
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)

3. Lexi has 2 cans of tennis balls. 4. Use the picture graph.
There are 3 tennis balls in each
can. She buys 2 more cans. How Color of Eyes
many tennis balls does she now
Blue
have in all? (Lesson 4.6)
Green
A 12
Brown
B 9
C 7 Key: Each = 4 students.
D 6 How many students have green

eyes? (Lesson 2.2)
A 4 C 12
B 8 D 16
5. Sasha bought 3 boxes of pencils. If 6. Find the sum. (Lesson 1.7) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
each box has 6 pencils, how many 219

pencils did Sasha buy in all?
(Lesson 4.3)
1
__763
A 9 C 18 A 992 C 976
B 12 D 24 B 982 D 972
P80
Lesson 4.8
Name
Find the product.

1. 8 3 10 5 _ 80 2. 8 3 8 5 _ 3. 8 3 5 5 _ 4. 3 3 8 5 _
5. _ 5 4 3 8 6. 8 3 7 5 _ 7. 6 3 8 5 _ 8. _ 5 9 3 8
9. 8 10. 6 11. 8 12. 0 13. 8

3 2
_ 3
_ 8 3
_ 7 3
_ 8 3
_ 5
14. 8 15. 9 16. 8 17. 8 18. 4

3 8
_ 3
_ 8 3
_ 3 3
_ 1 3
_ 8
19. There are 6 teams in the basketball 20. Lynn has 4 stacks of quarters. There
league. Each team has 8 players. are 8 quarters in each stack. How
How many players are there in all? many quarters does Lynn have in all?
_______ _______
21. Tomas is packing 7 baskets for a 22. There are 10 pencils in each box.
fair. He is placing 8 apples in each If Jenna buys 8 boxes, how many
basket. How many apples are there pencils will she buy?
in all?
_______ _______
Chapter 4 P81
TEST
1. Find the product. 2. There are 7 tarantulas in the spider
5385 exhibit at the zoo. Each tarantula
has 8 legs. How many legs do the
A 30 7 tarantulas have in all?
B 32
C 42 A 15 C 56
D 40 B 49 D 63
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NB.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)

3. Find the difference. (Lesson1.9) 4. The school library received an order
652 of 232 new books. What is 232
rounded to the nearest ten? (Lesson 1.8)
2 99
__
A 99 A 200
B 552 B 230
C 553 C 240
D 653 D 300
5. Sam’s picture graph shows that 6. Tashia buys 5 packages of oranges.

8 students chose pizza as their Each package has 4 oranges. How
favorite lunch. This is the key for many oranges in all does Tashia
the graph. buy? (Lesson 4.2)
Each 5 2 students. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
How many should be next to

pizza on Sam’s graph? (Lesson 2.2)
A 1
A 2
B 9
B 4 C 20
C 6
D 25
D 8
P82
Lesson 4.9
Name
Find the product.

1. 10 3 9 5 _ 90 2. 2 3 9 5 _ 3. 9 3 4 5 _ 4. 0 3 9 5 _
5. 1 3 9 5 _ 6. 8 3 9 5 _ 7. 9 3 5 5 _ 8. 6 3 9 5 _
9. 9 10. 5 11. 9 12. 2 13. 9

3 4
_ 3
_ 9 3
_ 7 3
_ 9 3
_ 9
14. 10 15. 3 16. 9 17. 6 18. 9

3 9
_ 3
_ 9 3
_ 8 3
_ 9 3
_ 1
19. There are 9 positions on the softball 20. Carlos bought a book for $9. Now
team. Three people are trying out for he would like to buy 4 other books
each position. How many people in for the same price. How much will
all are trying out? he have to pay in all for the other
4 books?
_______ _______
Chapter 4 P83
TEST
1. Find the product. 2. Clare buys 5 tickets for the high
7395 school musical. Each ticket costs
$9. How much do the tickets cost
A 63 in all?
B 56
C 45 A $36 C $45
D 36 B $40 D $52
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.MD.3)

3. The table shows the hair color of 4. Miles picked up 9 shirts from
girls in Kim’s class. How many girls the dry cleaners. It costs $4 to
have brown hair? (Lesson 2.1) clean each shirt. How much did
Miles spend to have all the shirts
Kim’s Class cleaned? (Lesson 4.1)
Hair Color Number of Girls
A $13
Brown
Black
B $22
Blonde C $36
Red D $45
A 1 C 4
B 3 D 6
5. In a picture graph, each picture of 6. An array has 8 rows with 4 circles © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
a baseball is equal to 5 games won in each row. How many circles are
by a team. The row for the Falcons in the array? (Lesson 4.8)
has 7 baseballs. How many games
have the Falcons won? (Lesson 2.2)
A 40 C 12 A 12 C 32
B 35 D 7 B 24 D 36
P84
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 4.10
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃKBJ?FB?97J?ED
Solve.
1. Henry has a new album for his Pages with
baseball cards. He uses pages that 6 Cards 1 2 3 4 5
hold 6 cards and pages that hold Pages with
3 cards. If Henry has 36 cards, 3 Cards 10 8 6 4 2
how many different ways can he
put them in his album? Total Cards 36 36 36 36 36
Henry can put the cards in his
album _ 5 ways.
2. Ms. Hernandez has 17 tomato

Rows with
plants that she wants to plant
2 Plants
in rows. She will put 2 plants in
some rows and 1 plant in the Rows with
others. How many different 1 Plant
ways can she plant the tomato
plants? Make a table to solve. Total Plants
Ms. Hernandez can plant the

tomato plants _ ways.
3. Bianca has a total of 25¢. She has

Number of
some nickels and pennies. How many
Nickels
different combinations of nickels and
pennies could Bianca have? Make a Number of
table to solve. Pennies
Total Value
Bianca could have _ combinations
of 25¢.
Chapter 4 P85
TEST
1. The table shows different ways that
Cameron can display his 12 model Shelves with 1 Car 2 4 6 8 10
cars on shelves. How many shelves Shelves with 2 Cars 5 4 3 8 8
will display 2 cars if 8 of the shelves Total cars 12 12 12 12 12
each display 1 car?
A 1 C 3
B 2 D 4
F?H7BÃReview (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.3)

2. Find the sum. (Lesson 1.6) 3. The school cafeteria has an order
317 for 238 hot lunches. What is 238
rounded to the nearest ten?
1
__151 (Lesson 1.2)
A 166 C 468 A 300 C 230

B 268 D 568 B 240 D 200
4. Tyler made a picture graph to show 5. There are 5 bikes in each bike rack
students’ favorite colors. This is the at the school. There are 6 bike
key for his graph. racks. How many bikes in all are in
Each 5 3 votes. the bike racks? (Lesson 4.2)
If 12 students voted for green, how © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
many should there be in the A 11

green row of the graph? (Lesson 2.2)
B 24
A 3 C 9 C 25
B 4 D 12 D 30
P86
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5,
Name CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.OA.9

Lessons 4.1–4.2
Find the product.
1. 4 3 2 5 _____ 2. 8 3 5 5 _____ 3. 10 3 7 5 4. 2 3 9 5
5. 6 6. 5 7. 2 8. 4
3
_ 10 3
_ 7 3
_ 10 3
_ 5
Lessons 4.3–4.5
Find the product.
1. 6 2. 3 3. 7 4. 8
3
_ 2 3
_ 9 3
_ 3 3
_ 6
Write one way to break apart the array. Then find the product.
5.
________________________________
_________________________________
Find the product.

6. 5 3 7 5 _____ 7. 2 3 6 5 _____ 8. 4 3 7 5 _____ 9. 8 3 3 5 _____
10. Abby has 5 stacks of cards with 11. Noah has 3 sisters. He gave
7 cards in each stack. How many 6 balloons to each sister. How many
cards does she have in all? balloons did Noah give away in all?
Chapter 4 P87
Lesson 4.6
Write another way to group the factors. Then find the product.
1. (3 3 2) 3 4 2. 2 3 (5 3 3) 3. (1 3 4) 3 2
Lesson 4.7
Is the product even or odd?
' ( ) * + , - . / 0 ('
Write even or odd.
' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '
1. 6 3 6 5 ___ ( ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 ('
) ' ) + - / (' () (+ (- (/ )'
2. 2 3 3 5 ___ * ' * - 0 () (, (/ )( )+ ). *'

+ ' + / () (- )' )+ )/ *) *- +'
, ' , (' (, )' ), *' *, +' +, ,'
3. 3 3 9 5 ___ - ' - () (/ )+ *' *- +) +/ ,+ -'
Lessons 4.8–4.9
Find the product.
1. 8 3 2 5 _____ 2. 5 3 9 5 _____ 3. _____ 5 3 3 9 4. 4 3 8 5 _____
5. _____ 5 9 3 4 6. 6 3 8 5 _____ 7. 9 3 7 5 _____ 8. _____ 5 8 3 7
Lesson 4.10
1. Leo has a total of 45¢. He has some
Number of
dimes and pennies. How many Dimes
different combinations of dimes
and pennies could Leo have? Make Number of
a table to solve. Pennies
Leo could have _____ combinations Total Value

of 45¢.
P88

5

equation A number sentence

that uses the equal sign to show
that two amounts are equal
factor A number that is multiplied
Dear Family, by another number to find a
product
During the next few weeks, our math class will be
multiple A number that is the
learning more about multiplication. We will learn product of two counting numbers
strategies for finding an unknown factor and for product The answer to a
multiplying with multiples of 10. multiplication problem

practice with strategies for multiplying with
multiples of 10.
to use a number line to multiply.
Use a number line to find 3 3 50.
Think: 50 5 5 tens

STEP 1 STEP 2 Using Place Value
to Multiply
Draw a number line Draw jumps on the number line
Using a multiplication
and write the labels for to show 3 groups of 5 tens.
fact and place value is
multiples of 10.
another way to multiply
by a multiple of 10. To
multiply 6 3 70, use the
' (' )' *' +' ,' -' .' /' 0' ('' ((' ()' (*' (+' (,' (-' (.' (/' basic fact 6 3 7 5 42.
Think: 6 3 7 tens 5 42
tens, or 420.
So, 3 3 50 5 150.
Activity
Help your child draw and use models to multiply with multiples
of 10. Ask your child to solve problems such as, “There are
6 chocolate chips on one cookie. How do you multiply to find
the number of chocolate chips on 20 cookies?”
Chapter 5 P89
5

ecuación Una expresión numérica

que muestra que dos cantidades son
iguales
factor Un número que se multiplica

Querida familia, por otro número para hallar un
producto
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase múltiplo Un número que es el
de matemáticas aprenderemos más sobre la producto de dos números naturales
distintos de cero
multiplicación. Aprenderemos estrategias para
producto El resultado en un
hallar un factor desconocido y para multiplicar por problema de multiplicación
múltiplos de 10.
Llevaré a casa tareas para practicar estrategias
para multiplicar con múltiplos de 10.
Este es un ejemplo de cómo usaremos una recta
numérica para multiplicar.
Usar una recta numérica para hallar 3 3 50

Piensa: 50 5 5 decenas
PASO 1 PASO 2 Usar el valor posicional
para multiplicar
Traza una recta numérica y Dibuja saltos en la recta numérica
Otra forma de multiplicar
escribe los rótulos para los para mostrar 3 grupos de 5 decenas.
por un múltiplo de 10 es
múltiplos de 10.
usar una operación de
multiplicación y el valor
posicional. Para multiplicar
6 3 70, usa la operación
' (' )' *' +' ,' -' .' /' 0' ('' ((' ()' (*' (+' (,' (-' (.' (/' básica 6 3 7 5 42. Piensa:
6 3 7 decenas 5 42
Por tanto, 3 3 50 5 150. decenas, o 420.
Actividad
Ayude a su hijo/a a dibujar y usar modelos para multiplicar
con múltiplos de 10. Pida a su hijo/a que resuelva problemas
como “Hay 6 chispas de chocolate en una galleta. ¿Cómo
multiplicas para hallar el número de chispas de chocolate que
hay en 20 galletas?”
P90
ALGEBRA
Lesson 5.1
Name
Describe Patterns

Describe a pattern for the table. Then complete the table.

1. 2.
Pans 1 2 3 4 5 Wagons 2 3 4 5 6
Muffins 6 12 18 24 30 Wheels 8 12 16
Add 6 muffins for

_______ _______
each pan; Multiply the

_______ _______
number
_______of pans by 6. _______
3. 4.
Vases Flowers Spiders Legs
2 14 1 8
3 2
4 28 3 24
5 4
6 42 5 40
_______ _______
_______ _______
_______ _______
5. Caleb buys 5 cartons of yogurt. Each 6. Libby bought 4 packages of pencils.

carton has 8 yogurt cups. How many Each package has 6 pencils. How
yogurt cups does Caleb buy? many pencils did Libby buy?
_______ _______
Chapter 5 P91
TEST
1. Which of the following describes a 2. Which number completes this
pattern in the table? table?
Tables 1 2 3 4 5 Butterflies 3 4 5 6 7
Chairs 5 10 15 20 25 Wings 12 16 20 O 28
A Multiply by 3. C Add 1. A 30 C 24
B Multiply by 5. D Add 4. B 26 D 22
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7)

3. Jennilee buys 7 packs of crayons. 4. Maverick has 5 books of circus
There are 6 crayons in each pack. tickets. Each book has 5 tickets.
How many crayons does Jennilee How many tickets does Maverick
buy in all? (Lesson 4.3) have in all? (Lesson 4.2)
A 13 A 10
B 36 B 15
C 42 C 20
D 48 D 25
5. Bailey walked his dog 2 times each 6. Drew’s Tree Company delivers pear
day for 9 days. How many times did trees in groups of 4. Yesterday, the
Bailey walk his dog in all? (Lesson 4.9) company delivered 8 groups of © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
pear trees. How many pear trees

A 9
were delivered in all? (Lesson 4.8)
B 11
A 12
C 18
B 16
D 27
C 24
D 32
P92
ALGEBRA
Lesson 5.2
Name
Find Unknown Factors

Find the unknown factor.
1. n 3 3 5 12 2. s 3 8 5 64 3. 21 5 7 3 n 4. y 3 2 5 18
Think: How s5_ n5_ y5_
many groups
of 3 equal 12?
4
n5_
5. 5 3 p 5 10 6. 56 5 8 3 t 7. m 3 4 5 28 8. ) 3 1 5 9
p5_ t5_ m5_ )5_
9. 18 5 6 3 r 10. u 3 5 5 30 11. 4 3 O 5 24 12. w 3 7 5 35
r5_ u5_ O5_ w5_
13. b 3 6 5 54 14. 5 3 T 5 40 15. 30 5 d 3 3 16. 7 3 k 5 42
b5_ T5_ d5_ k5_

17. Carmen spent $42 for 6 hats. 18. Mark has a baking tray with
How much did each hat cost? 24 cupcakes. The cupcakes
are arranged in 4 equal rows.
How many cupcakes are
in each row?
Chapter 5 P93
TEST
1. What is the unknown factor? 2. What is the unknown factor shown
by this array?
b 3 7 5 56
A 6
B 7
C 8 3 3 O 5 24
D 9
A 3 C 8
B 6 D 9

3. Which is an example of the 4. Find the product. (Lesson 4.6)
Commutative Property of
Multiplication? (Lesson 3.6)
5 3 (4 3 2)
A 6145416 A 13
B 4365634 B 22
C 4335418 C 40
D 3365932 D 80
5. Which number sentence is an 6. In a group of 10 boys, each boy

example of the Distributive had 2 hats. How many hats did they
Property? (Lesson 4.4) have in all? (Lesson 4.2) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A 4 3 7 5 (4 3 3) 1 (4 3 4) A 5
B 4375734 B 12
C 4 3 7 5 28 C 20
D 7 3 4 5 15 1 13 D 40
P94
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 5.3
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃI;ÃJ>;Ã
?IJH?8KJ?L;ÃHEF;HJO Use place value understanding and properties of
Read each problem and solve.

1. Each time a student turns in a perfect spelling test,
Ms. Ricks puts an achievement square on the bulletin
board. There are 6 rows of squares on the bulletin
board. Each row has 30 squares. How many perfect
spelling tests have been turned in?
Think: 6 3 30 5 6 3 (10 1 10 1 10)
5 60 1 60 1 60 5 180
180 spelling tests
_____
2. Norma practices violin for 50 minutes every day.

How many minutes does Norma practice violin in
7 days?
_____
3. A kitchen designer is creating a new backsplash for

the wall behind a kitchen sink. The backsplash will
have 5 rows of tiles. Each row will have 20 tiles.
How many tiles are needed for the entire backsplash?
_____
4. A bowling alley keeps shoes in rows of cubbyholes.

There are 9 rows of cubbyholes, with 20 cubbyholes
in each row. If there is a pair of shoes in every
cubbyhole, how many pairs of shoes are there?

_____
5. The third-grade students are traveling to the science

museum in 8 buses. There are 40 students on each
bus. How many students are going to the museum?
_____
Chapter 5 P95
TEST
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.NBT.3) PREP
1. Each snack pack holds 20 crackers. 2. A machine makes 70 springs each
How many crackers in all are there hour. How many springs will the
in 4 snack packs? machine make in 8 hours?
A 60 A 500
B 80 B 520
C 100 C 540
D 800 D 560
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.MD.4)

3. Lila read 142 pages on Friday and 4. Jessica wrote 6 1 6 1 6 1 6 on
168 pages on Saturday. Which is the board. Which is another way to
the best estimate of how many show 6 1 6 1 6 1 6? (Lesson 3.2)
pages Lila read on Friday and A 434 C 43436
Saturday combined? (Lesson 1.3)
B 436 D 636
A 100 C 300
B 200 D 400
Use the line plot for 5–6.

5. Eliot made a line plot to record the
number of birds he saw at his bird
feeder. How many more sparrows
than blue jays did he see? (Lesson 2.7)

A 2 C 4 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
B 3 D 5

6. How many robins and cardinals
combined did Eliot see? (Lesson 2.7)
A 2 C 4
B 3 D 5
P96
Lesson 5.4
Name
Multiplication Strategies with
Multiples of 10 operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Use a number line to find the product.
1. 2 3 40 5 _ 80

2. 4 3 30 5 _

Use place value to find the product.
3. 5 3 70 5 5 3 _ tens 4. 60 3 4 5 _ tens 3 4
5 _ tens 5 _ 5 _ tens 5 _
5. 7 3 30 5 7 3 _ tens 6. 90 3 3 5 _ tens 3 3
5 _ tens 5 _ 5 _ tens 5 _
7. One exhibit at the aquarium has 8. In another aquarium display, there

5 fish tanks. Each fish tank holds are 40 fish in each of 7 large tanks.
50 gallons of water. How much How many fish are in the display
water do the 5 tanks hold in all? in all?
Chapter 5 P97
TEST
1. Each bag of pattern blocks contains 2. A deli received 8 blocks of cheese.
50 blocks. To make a class pattern, Each block of cheese weighs
the teacher combines 4 bags of 60 ounces. What is the total weight
blocks. How many pattern blocks of the cheeses?
are there in all?
A 420 ounces C 480 ounces
A 20 C 240
B 460 ounces D 560 ounces
B 200 D 250

3. Alan and Betty collected cans for 4. The third graders collected
recycling. Alan collected 154 cans. 754 cans. The fourth graders
Betty collected 215 cans. How collected 592 cans. Which is the
many cans did they collect in all? best estimate of how many more
(Lesson 1.6) cans the third graders collected?
A 369 C 469 (Lesson 1.8)
B 379 D 479 A 50 C 200

B 100 D 300

5. How many more books did Ed read
Books Read in June
than Bob? (Lesson 2.4)
A 2 C 4
Ed
B 3 D 5 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Student
Ann
6. How many books in all did the four
students read in June? (Lesson 2.4) Bob
A 22 C 26
Eve
B 24 D 36
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Number of Books
P98
Lesson 5.5
Name
Multiply Multiples of 10 by
1-Digit Numbers operations to perform multi-digit arithmetic.
Find the product. Use base-ten blocks or draw

a quick picture.
1. 4 3 50 5 _ 200 2. 60 3 3 5 _ 3. _ 5 60 3 5
Find the product.
4. 30 5. 50 6. 60 7. 70
3
_ 8 3
_ 2 3
_ 7 3
_ 4
8. 6 3 90 5 ____ 9. 9 3 70 5 ____ 10. 8 3 90 5 ____ 11. ____ 5 6 3 80

12. Each model car in a set costs $4. 13. Amanda exercises for 50 minutes
There are 30 different model cars in each day. How many minutes will
the set. How much would it cost to she exercise in 7 days?
buy all the model cars in the set?
Chapter 5 P99
TEST
1. Each shelf in one section of the 2. One can of juice mix makes
library holds 30 books. There are 60 ounces of juice. How many
9 shelves in that section. How many ounces of juice can be made from
books will these shelves hold? 6 cans of juice mix?
A 220 A 300 ounces
B 260 B 360 ounces
C 270 C 390 ounces
D 280 D 600 ounces
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.8)

3. Sue bought 7 cans of tennis balls. 4. Which is an example of the
There are 3 balls in each can. How Commutative Property of
many balls did Sue buy? (Lesson 4.3) Multiplication? (Lesson 3.6)
A 10 A 3145413
B 21 B 53050
C 28 C 13757
D 37 D 3345433
5. Lyn drew this bar model to solve a 6. Joe drew this bar model to
problem. Which operation should find the unknown number of balls.
she use to find the unknown Which is the correct answer?
number? (Lesson 1.12) (Lesson 1.12)


A addition
A 356 C 144
B division
B 256 D 124
C multiplication
D subtraction
P100
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.3
Name

Lesson 5.1
Describe a pattern for the table. Then complete the table.
1. 2.
Teams 2 3 4 5 6 Tables 4 5 6 7 8
Players 12 18 24 Chairs 16 20 28
_______ _______
_______ _______
_______ _______
Lesson 5.2
Find the unknown factor.
1. 72 5 9 3 t 2. 4 3 ) 5 28 3. b 3 5 5 30
t5_ )5_ b5_
4. d 3 3 5 24 5. 48 5 8 3 p 6. 6 3 T 5 24
d5_ p5_ T5_

7. 56 5 7 3 O 8. 2 3 g5 20 9. h 3 7 5 35
O5_ g5_ h5_
10. 9 5 9 3 a 11. c 3 4 5 36 12. 5 3 y 5 40
a5_ c5_ y5_
Chapter 5 P101
Lesson 5.3
Solve.
1. Hailey plants 6 rows of marigolds. 2. A meeting room has 8 rows of
Each row has 20 marigolds. How chairs. Each row has 10 chairs.
many marigolds does Hailey plant The first people to arrive fill 2 rows.
in all? How many chairs are not filled?
Lesson 5.4
1. Use a number line to find the product.
4 3 30 5 _
Use place value to find the product.

2. 40 3 8 5 _ tens 3 8 3. 5 3 60 5 5 3 _ tens
5 _ tens 5 _ 5 _ tens 5 _
Lesson 5.5
Find the product.
1. 90 2. 50 3. 70 4. 80
3 3
_ 3 8
_ 3 9
_ 3 7
_
Solve.
5. During the summer, Jayden 6. Trisha teaches 8 different cooking
volunteers at the library for 20 hours classes. There are 20 students in
each week for 7 weeks. How many each class. How many students in all
hours does Jayden volunteer in all? are in Trisha’s cooking classes?
P102

6

dividend The number that is

to be divided in a division
problem
dividend, divisor, quotient The
Dear Family, parts of a division problem. There
are two ways to record division.
10 4 2 5 5
learning about division. We will learn how division
is related to subtraction, and how multiplication dividend divisor quotient
and division are inverse operations. 5 quotient
divisor 10
2qw
You can expect to see homework that provides dividend
practice with division.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught to
use repeated subtraction to solve division problems.
Use Repeated Subtraction to Divide

This is how we will be using repeated subtraction to divide.
STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 Counting Back on a
Number Line
Start with the Count the number of Record the
Counting back on a
dividend and times you subtract 5. quotient.
number line is another
subtract the 15 10 5
15 4 5 5 3, or way to find a quotient.
divisor until you 2 5 2 5 2 5 (3 times) On a 0–15 number line,
reach 0. 10 5 0 3 for example, start at 15
5qw
15 and count back by 5s
15 4 5 5 ____ There are 3 groups of
5 in 15. to 0. Then count the
15 10 5 Fifteen divided number of jumps on a
25 25 25 by 5 equals 3. number line (3 jumps)
10 5 0 to find that 15 4 5 = 3.
Activity
Display a number of objects that are divisible by 5. Have your child use
repeated subtraction to solve division problems. For example: “Here are
20 crayons. I want to subtract 5 crayons at a time until there are no crayons
left. How many times can I subtract?” Check answers by arranging the objects.
Chapter 6 P103
6

dividendo El número que se divide

en un problema de división.
dividendo, divisor, cociente Las
partes de un problema de división.
Estimada familia, Hay dos maneras de anotar la
división.
Durante las próximas semanas, nuestra clase de 10 4 2 5 5
matemáticas aprenderá sobre la división.
Aprenderemos sobre cómo la división se relaciona dividendo divisor cociente
5 cociente
con la resta, y cómo la multiplicación y la división son divisor 10
2qw
operaciones inversas.
dividendo
Pueden esperar ver tareas que sirven para practicar la
división.
Esta es una muestra de cómo su hijo o hija aprenderá a usar
la resta repetida para resolver problemas de división.
Usar la resta repetida para dividir
Así es como usaremos la resta repetida para dividir. Contar hacia atrás en
PASO 1 PASO 2 PASO 3 una recta numérica
Comience con el Cuente la cantidad Anote el Contar hacia atrás en

dividendo y réstele de veces que cociente. una recta numérica es
el divisor hasta restó 5. otra manera de hallar un
llegar a 0. 15 10 5 15 4 5 5 3, o cociente. En una recta
25 25 25 (3 veces) numérica de 0–15, por
15 4 5 5 ____ 3 ejemplo, comience en 15
10 5 0 5qw
15 y cuente hacia atrás de
15 10 5 Hay 3 grupos de 5 5 en 5 hasta 0. Después
25 25 25 Quince dividido cuente la cantidad de
en 15.
10 5 0 entre 5 es igual saltos que da en la recta
a 3. numérica (3 saltos), para © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
hallar que 15 4 5 5 3.
Actividad
Muestre una cantidad de objetos que sea divisible entre 5. Pida a su hijo o hija que
use la resta repetida para resolver problemas de división. Por ejemplo: “Aquí hay
20 crayolas. Quiero restar 5 crayolas a la vez hasta que no queden crayolas.
¿Cuántas veces puedo restar?”. Compruebe las respuestas ordenando los objetos.
P104
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 6.1
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃE:;BÃ?L?I?ED

Solve each problem.
1. Six customers at a toy store bought 18 jump

ropes. Each customer bought the same
number of jump ropes. How many jump
ropes did each customer buy?
3 jump ropes
_____
2. Hiro has 36 pictures of his summer trip. He

wants to put them in an album. Each page
of the album holds 4 pictures. How many
pages will Hiro need for his pictures?
_____
3. Katia has 42 crayons in a box. She buys a

storage bin that has 6 sections. She puts the
same number of crayons in each section.
How many crayons does Katia put in each
section of the storage bin?
_____
4. Ms. Taylor’s students give cards to each of

the 3 class parent helpers. There are
24 cards. How many cards will each
helper get if the students give an equal
number of cards to each helper?
_____
5. Jamie divides 20 baseball stickers

equally among 5 of his friends. How
many stickers does each friend get?
_____
Chapter 6 P105
TEST
1. Maria buys 15 apples at the store 2. Tom’s neighbor is fixing a section of
and places them into bags. She his walkway. He has 32 bricks that
puts 5 apples into each bag. How he is placing in 8 equal rows. How
many bags does Maria use for all many bricks will Tom’s neighbor
the apples? place in each row?
A 2 C 4 A 3 C 5
B 3 D 10 B 4 D 6
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.MD.4)

3. Find the unknown factor. (Lesson 5.2) 4. How many students practiced the
piano more than 3 hours a week?
7 3 O5 56
(Lesson 2.7)
7
7 7 7
7 7 7 7 7 7
A 6
B 7

C 8 A 2 C 8
D 9 B 6 D 10
5. Count equal groups to find how 6. Which is another way to group the
many there are. (Lesson 3.1) factors? (Lesson 4.6)
( 3 3 2) 3 5
A (3 1 2) 1 5
B (3 3 2) 1 5
C 3 3 (2 1 5)
A 3 C 12
D 3 3 (2 3 5)
B 4 D 16
P106
Lesson 6.2
Name
Size of Equal Groups
Use counters or draw a quick picture. Make equal

groups. Complete the table.
Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 15 3 5
2. 21 7
3. 28 7
4. 32 4
5. 9 3
6. 18 3
7. 20 5
8. 16 8
9. 35 5
10. 24 3
11. Alicia has 12 eggs that she will use 12. Brett picked 27 flowers from
to make 4 different cookie recipes. the garden. He plans to give an
If each recipe calls for the same equal number of flowers to each
number of eggs, how many eggs of 3 people. How many flowers
will she use in each recipe? will each person get?
Chapter 6 P107
TEST
1. Ryan has 21 pencils. He wants to 2. Corrine is setting out 24 plates
put the same number of pencils on 6 tables for a dinner. She sets
in each of 3 pencil holders. How the same number of plates on
many pencils will he put in each each table. How many plates does
pencil holder? Corrine set on each table?
A 6 A 3
B 7 B 4
C 8 C 5
D 9 D 6
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.9)

3. Each table has 4 legs. How many 4. Tina has 3 stacks of 5 CDs on each
legs do 4 tables have? (Lesson 3.1) of 3 shelves. How many CDs does
she have in all? (Lesson 4.6)
A 1 A 14
B 8 B 30
C 16 C 35
D 20 D 45
5. What is the unknown factor? 6. Which of the following describes a

(Lesson 5.2) pattern in the table? (Lesson 5.1)
7 3 O5 35 Number of packs 1 2 3 4 5
Number of yo-yos 3 6 9 12 ? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A 4 A Add 2.
B 5 B Multiply by 2.
C 6 C Multiply by 3.
D 7 D Add 12.
P108
Lesson 6.3
Name
Number of Equal Groups Represent and solve problems involving
Draw counters on your MathBoard. Then circle

equal groups. Complete the table.
1. 24 3 8
2. 35 7
3. 30 5
4. 16 4
5. 12 6
6. 36 9
7. 18 3
8. 15 5
9. 28 4
10. 27 3
11. In his bookstore, Toby places 12. Mr. Holden has 32 quarters in stacks
21 books on shelves, with 7 books of 4 on his desk. How many stacks of
on each shelf. How many shelves quarters are on his desk?

does Toby need?
Chapter 6 P109
TEST
1. Ramon works at a clothing store. 2. There are 36 people waiting in line
He puts 24 pairs of jeans into for a hay ride. Only 6 people can
stacks of 8. How many stacks does ride on each wagon. If each wagon
Ramon make? is full, how many wagons are
needed for all 36 people?
A 5 A 5
B 4 B 6
C 3 C 7
D 2 D 8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.OA.9, CC.NBT.3)

3. Which multiplication sentence does 4. Austin buys 4 boxes of nails for his
the array show? (Lesson 3.5) project. There are 30 nails in each
box. How many nails does Austin
buy in all? (Lesson 5.4)
A 12
B 34
A 4 3 5 5 20 C 4 3 7 5 28 C 70
B 4 3 6 5 24 D 4 3 8 5 32 D 120
5. Which describes the number 6. Each month for 6 months, Kelsey

sentence? (Lesson 1.1) completes 5 paintings. How
81058 many more paintings does she © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
need to complete before she has

A odd 1 odd 5 odd completed 38 paintings?
B Identity Property of Addition (Lesson 4.10)
C even 1 even 5 even A 2 C 8

D Commutative Property of B 6 D 9
Addition
P110
Lesson 6.4
Name
Model with Bar Models
Write a division equation for the picture.

1. 2.
27 4 3 5 9 or 27 4 9 5 3
3. 4.
Complete the bar model to solve. Then write a

division equation for the bar model.
5. There are 15 postcards in 3 equal 6. There are 21 key rings. How many
stacks. How many postcards are in groups of 3 key rings can you make?
each stack?

_______ _______
7. Jalyn collected 24 stones. She put 8. Tanner has 30 stickers. He puts

them in 4 equal piles. How many 6 stickers on each page. On how
stones are in each pile? many pages does he put stickers?
Chapter 6 P111
TEST
1. Jack and his little sister are stacking 2. Melissa made 45 greeting cards.
24 blocks. They put the blocks in She put them in 5 equal piles.
3 equal stacks. How many blocks How many cards did she put in
are in each stack? each pile?
A 4 A 9
B 6 B 8
C 7 C 7
D 8 D 6

3. Angie puts 1 stamp on each 4. A carnival ride has 8 cars. Each car
envelope. She puts stamps on holds 4 people. How many people
7 envelopes. How many stamps are on the ride if all the cars are
does Angie use? (Lesson 3.7) full? (Lesson 4.8)
A 0 A 34
B 1 B 32
C 7 C 28
D 8 D 24

5. How many families have
1 computer at home? (Lesson 2.7)

A 4 C 6
B 5 D 7

6. How many families have more than
1 computer at home? (Lesson 2.7)

A 4 C 7

B 5 D 8
P112
Lesson 6.5
Name
Relate Subtraction and Division
Write a division equation.
1. 16 12 8 4 2.
2 4
_ 2 4
_ 2 4
_ 2 4
_

12 8 4 0
16 4 4 5 4
3. 4. 20 15 10 5
2 5
_ 2 5
_ 2 5
_ 2 5
_

15 10 5 0
Use repeated subtraction or a number line to solve.
5. 28 4 7 5 _ 6. 18 4 6 5 _
7. 8qww
40 8. 9qww
36
9. Mrs. Costa has 18 pencils. She 10. Boël decides to plant rose bushes in
gives 9 pencils to each of her her garden. She has 24 bushes. She
children for school. How many places 6 bushes in each row. How
children does Mrs. Costa have? many rows of rose bushes does she
plant in her garden?
Chapter 6 P113
TEST
1. Which division equation is shown? 2. Isabella has 35 cups of dog food.
She feeds her dogs 5 cups of food
each day. For how many days will
the dog food last?

A 6 days C 8 days
A 3 3 4 5 12 C 12 4 3 5 4 B 7 days D 9 days
B 12 4 6 5 2 D 12 4 4 5 3

3. Ellen buys 4 bags of oranges. There 4. Each month for 7 months, Samuel
are 6 oranges in each bag. How mows 3 lawns. How many more
many oranges does Ellen buy? lawns does he need to mow before
(Lesson 4.3) he has mowed 29 lawns? (Lesson 4.10)
A 10 C 24 A 1 C 7
B 12 D 30 B 3 D 8
Use the graph for 5–6. 5. How many hours did Eli volunteer?
(Lesson 2.4)
Hours Volunteered
A 4 hours C 9 hours
12
B 8 hours D 10 hours
Number of Hours
10
8
6
4 6. Madi volunteered 2 hours less than
2 Jill. At what number should the bar
0
Jill Ben Madi Eli for Madi end? (Lesson 2.5)

Student
A 3 C 8
B 6 D 12
P114
Lesson 6.6
Name
Model with Arrays
Use square tiles to make an array. Solve.

1. How many rows of 4 are in 12? 2. How many rows of 3 are in 21?
____ 3 rows ____
3. How many rows of 6 are in 30? 4. How many rows of 9 are in 18?
____ ____
Make an array. Then write a division equation.

5. 20 tiles in 5 rows 6. 28 tiles in 7 rows
____ ____
____ ____
9. A dressmaker has 24 buttons. He 10. Liana buys 36 party favors for her
needs 3 buttons to make one dress. 9 guests. She gives an equal number
How many dresses can he make of favors to each guest. How many
with 24 buttons? party favors does each guest get?
_______ _______
Chapter 6 P115
TEST
1. Mr. Canton places 24 desks in 2. Which division equation is shown
6 equal rows. How many desks are by the array?
in each row?
A 2
B 3
C 4 A 12 4 6 5 2 C 12 4 2 5 6
D 5 B 12 4 3 5 4 D 12 4 1 5 12
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.OA.4, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.7)

3. Amy has 2 rows of 4 sports 4. What is the unknown factor?
trophies on each of her 3 shelves. (Lesson 5.2)
How many sports trophies does
9 3 p 5 45
Amy have in all? (Lesson 4.6)
A 4
A 8
B 5
B 9
C 6
C 12
D 7
D 24
5. Sam has 7 stacks with 4 quarters 6. How can you skip count to find how
each. How many quarters does many counters in all? (Lesson 3.1)
Sam have? (Lesson 4.5)
A 11
B 12
24
C
D 28 A 3 groups of 2
B 3 groups of 3
C 9 groups of 2
D 18 groups of 2
P116
ALGEBRA
Lesson 6.7
Name
Relate Multiplication and Division

Complete the equations.
1. 2. 3.
4 5 20
5 rows of _ 4 rows of _ 5 24 3 rows of _ 5 24
4 5 20
53_ 4 3 _ 5 24 3 3 _ 5 24
4
20 4 5 5 _ 24 4 4 5 _ 24 4 3 5 _

4. 4 3 _ 5 28 28 4 4 5 _ 5. 6 3 _ 5 36 36 4 6 5 _
6. 7 3 _ 5 35 35 4 7 5 _ 7. 7 3 _ 5 21 21 4 7 5 _
8. 9 3 _ 5 27 27 4 9 5 _ 9. 2 3 _ 5 16 16 4 2 5 _
10. 4 3 _ 5 36 36 4 4 5 _ 11. 8 3 _ 5 40 40 4 8 5 _
12. Mr. Martin buys 36 muffins for a 13. Ralph read 18 books during his
class breakfast. He places them on summer vacation. He read the same
plates for his students. If he places number of books each month for
9 muffins on each plate, how many 3 months. How many books did he
plates does Mr. Martin use? read each month?
_______ _______
Chapter 6 P117
ALGEBRA
Lesson 6.8
Name
Write Related Facts
Multiply and divide within 100.

Write the related facts for the array.
1. 2. 3.
2 3 6 5 12
____ ____ ____
6 3 2 5 12
____ ____ ____
12 4 2 5 6
____ ____ ____
12 4 6 5 2
____ ____ ____
Write the related facts for the set of numbers.

4. 3, 7, 21 5. 2, 9, 18 6. 4, 8, 32
____ ____ ____
____ ____ ____
____ ____ ____
____ ____ ____
Complete the related facts.

7. 4 3 9 5 _ 8. _ 3 7 5 35 9. 6 3 _ 5 18
9 3 _ 5 36 _ 3 5 5 35 3365_
36 4 _ 5 4 _ 4755 18 4 _ 5 3
_ 4459 35 4 5 5 _ _ 4356
10. CDs are on sale for $5 each. 11. Mr. Moore has 21 feet of wallpaper.
Jennifer has $45 and wants to buy He cuts it into sections that are each
as many as she can. How many CDs 3 feet long. How many sections
can Jennifer buy? does Mr. Moore have?
Chapter 6 P119
TEST
1. Which number completes the 2. Which equation is not in the same
set of related facts? set of related facts as 4 3 7 5 28?
53 5 40 40 4 5 5
3 5 5 40 40 4 5 5
A 6 A 7 3 4 5 28
B 7 B 4 1 7 5 11
C 8 C 28 4 4 5 7
D 9 D 28 4 7 5 4
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NBT.3)

3. Beth runs 20 miles each week for 4. Find the product. (Lesson 3.7)
8 weeks. How many miles does 530

Beth run in 8 weeks? (Lesson 5.5)
A 0
A 16 miles
B 1
B 28 miles
C 5
C 100 miles
D 10
D 160 miles
5. Uri’s bookcase has 5 shelves. 6. There are 6 batteries in one

There are 9 books on each shelf. package. How many batteries
How many books in all are in Uri’s will 6 packages have? (Lesson 3.1)
bookcase? (Lesson 4.9)
A 12
A 14
B 18
B 36 C 24
C 45 D 36
D 54
P120
ALGEBRA
Lesson 6.9
Name
Division Rules for 1 and 0

Find the quotient.
1. 3 4 1 5 _ 3 2. 8 4 8 5 _ 3. _ 5 0 4 6 4. 2 4 2 5 _
5. _ 5 9 4 1 6. 0 4 2 5 _ 7. 0 4 3 5 _ 8. _ 5 0 4 4
9. 7qw
7 10. 1qw
6 11. 9qw
0 12. 1qw
5
13. 1qw
0 14. 4qw
4 15. 1qww
10 16. 2qw
2
17. There are no horses in the stables. 18. Jon has 6 kites. He and his friends
There are 3 stables in all. How many will each fly 1 kite. How many
horses are in each stable? people in all will fly a kite?
Chapter 6 P121
TEST
1. Candace has 6 pairs of jeans. 2. There are 0 birds and 4 bird cages.
She places each pair on its own Which division equation describes
hanger. How many hangers does how many birds are in each cage?
Candace use?
A 0 C 6 A 04450 C 44154
B 1 D 12 B 44451 D 03450

3. There are 7 plates on the table. 4. Which shows a way to break apart
There are 0 sandwiches on each the array to find the product? (Lesson 4.4)
plate. How many sandwiches are
on the plates in all? (Lesson 3.7)
730
A 0
A (3 3 5) 1 (3 3 2)
B 1
B (2 3 8) 1 (1 3 8)
C 7
C (4 3 7) 1 (1 3 7)
D 70
D (3 3 6) 1 (3 3 3)
5. Which of the following describes a 6. Use the graph.

pattern in the table? (Lesson 5.1)
Can Food Drive
Students
Sam
Vans 1 2 3 4 5 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lee
Students 6 12 18 24 30
0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21
Number of Cans
A Add 5. How many more cans did Sam

B Multiply by 2. bring in than Lee? (Lesson 2.5)
C Subtract 1. A 4 C 7
D Multiply by 6. B 5 D 9
P122
Name CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.OA.7

Lessons 6.1–6.3
Make equal groups. Complete the table.
1. 18 9
2. 24 8
3. 12 6
4. 35 7
5. 32 4
6. 25 5
Lesson 6.4
1. 2.
Lesson 6.5
Write a division equation.

1. 2. 24 18 12 6
2 6
_ 2 6
_ 2 6
_ 2 6
_
0 5 10 15 18 12 6 0
Chapter 6 P123
Lesson 6.6
Make an array. Then write a division equation.
Lesson 6.7
1. 8 3 _ 5 40 40 4 8 5 _ 2. 6 3 _ 5 36 36 4 6 5 _
3. 3 3 _ 5 21 21 4 3 5 _ 4. 2 3 _ 5 18 18 4 2 5 _
Lesson 6.8 (pp. 239–243)

Write the related facts for the array.
1. 2. 3.
Lesson 6.9
Find the quotient.
1. 7 4 1 _ 2. 4 4 4 _ 3. 9 4 1 _ 4. 0 4 1 _
5. Anton has 8 flower pots. He plants 1 seed in each

pot. How many seeds does Anton use?
P124

7

array An arrangement of objects

in rows and columns
equation A number sentence
that uses the equal sign to show
Dear Family, that two amounts are equal
During the next few weeks, our math class will be order of operations A special
set of rules that gives the order
learning about division facts and strategies. We in which calculations are done to
will learn strategies to use to divide by 2, 3, 4, 5, solve a problem
6, 7, 8, 9, and 10. We will also learn the order of related facts A set of related
multiplication and division
operations rules to solve problems involving more equations
than one operation.
practice with dividing by these divisors.
to divide.
Use an Array
This is how we can use arrays to divide.
STEP 1 STEP 2 Use a Related
Multiplication Fact
20 4 4 5 O Count the number of rows
Since division is
to find the quotient.
Draw rows of 4 tiles until the opposite of
you have drawn all 20 tiles. There are 5 rows multiplication, using
a multiplication fact is
of 4 tiles.
another way to find a
So, 20 4 4 5 5. quotient. To divide 20 by
4, for example, think of
a related multiplication
fact: 4 3 O 5 20.
4 3 5 5 20.
So, 20 4 4 5 5.
Activity
Provide 12 pennies. Have your child make as many
arrays as possible using all 12 pennies. Have your child
write a division equation for each array.
Chapter 7 P125
7

ecuación Una oración numérica que

usa el signo de igual para mostrar
que dos cantidades son iguales
matriz Una forma de ordenar

Querida familia, objetos en filas y columnas
orden de las operaciones Un

Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de conjunto especial de reglas que
matemáticas aprenderemos sobre las operaciones expresa el orden en el que se
realizan las operaciones para
de división y sus estrategias. Aprenderemos resolver un problema
estrategias para dividir entre 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 y
10. También aprenderemos las reglas del orden de
las operaciones para resolver problemas en los que
hay más de una operación.
Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para practicar la
división entre estos divisores.
aprenderemos a dividir.
Usar una matriz

Esta es la manera como podemos usar matrices para
dividir. Usar una operación de
multiplicación relacionada
PASO 1 PASO 2
Dado que la división es
20 4 4 5 O Cuenta la cantidad de filas opuesta a la multiplicación,
para encontrar el cociente. usar una operación de
Traza filas de 4 fichas multiplicación es otra
cuadradas hasta tener las Hay 5 filas de 4 fichas. manera de hallar un
20 fichas. cociente. Para dividir 20
Por lo tanto, entre 4, por ejemplo,
20 4 4 5 5. piensa en una operación
de multiplicación
relacionada: 4 3 O = 20.
4 3 5 5 20. Por lo tanto,
20 4 4 = 5.
Actividad
Dé a su hijo 12 monedas de 1¢. Pídale que haga la mayor
cantidad posible de matrices usando las 12 monedas de 1¢.
Luego, pídale que escriba un enunciado de división para
cada matriz.
P126
Lesson 7.1
Name
Divide by 2
1. 2. 3.
12 4 2 5 6 or
____ ____ ____
12 4 6 5 2
____ ____ ____
Find the quotient. You may want to draw a quick

picture to help.
4. _ 5 14 4 2 5. _ 5 4 4 2 6. 16 4 2 5 _
7. 2qw
18 8. 2qw
12 9. 2qw
14
10. Mr. Reynolds, the gym teacher, 11. Sandra has 10 books. She divides
divided a class of 16 students into them into groups of 2 each. How
2 equal teams. How many students many groups can she make?
were on each team?
____ ____
Chapter 7 P127
TEST
1. Ava has 12 apples and 2 baskets. 2. There are 8 students singing a song
She puts an equal number of in the school musical. Ms. Lang put
apples in each basket. How many the students in 2 equal rows. How
apples are in a basket? many students are in each row?
A 2 A 2
B 4 B 4
C 6 C 6
D 8 D 10

3. Find the product. (Lesson 4.1) 4. Jayden plants 24 trees. He plants
236 the trees equally in 3 rows. How
many trees are in each row?
(Lesson 6.2)
A 4 A 6
B 8 B 8
C 12 C 9
D 18 D 27
5. Which of the following describes 6. A tricycle has 3 wheels. How many

this pattern? (Lesson 4.7) wheels are there on 4 tricycles?
9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24 (Lesson 4.3)
A Multiply by 3. A 7
B Multiply by 5. B 9
C Add 3. C 12
D Subtract 3. D 15
P128
Lesson 7.2
Name
Divide by 10 Multiply and divide within 100.
Find the unknown factor and quotient.

2
1. 10 3 _ 5 20 2
20 4 10 5 _ 2. 10 3 _ 5 70 70 4 10 5 _
3. 10 3 _ 5 80 80 4 10 5 _ 4. 10 3 _ 5 30 30 4 10 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. 60 4 10 5 _ 6. _ 5 40 4 4 7. 20 4 2 5 _ 8. 50 4 10 5 _
9. 90 4 10 5 _ 10. 10 4 10 5 _ 11. _ 5 30 4 10 12. 40 4 10 5 _
13. 10qw
40 14. 10qw
70 15. 10qw
100 16. 10qw
20
17. Pencils cost 10¢ each. How many 18. Mrs. Marks wants to buy 80 pens.
pencils can Brent buy with 90¢? If the pens come in packs of 10,
how many packs does she need
to buy?
Chapter 7 P129
TEST
1. Gracie uses 10 beads on each 2. A florist arranges 10 flowers in
necklace she makes. She has each vase. How many vases
60 beads to use. How many does the florist need to arrange
necklaces can Gracie make? 40 flowers?
A 6 C 50
B 10 D 70
A 3 C 30
B 4 D 50

3. What is the unknown factor? 4. Aspen Bakery sold 40 boxes of
(Lesson 5.2) rolls in one day. Each box holds
6 rolls. How many rolls in all did
7 3 p 5 14
the bakery sell? (Lesson 5.4)
A 21 A 24
B 7 B 46
C 3 C 240
D 2 D 320
5. Mr. Samuels buys a sheet of 6. There are 56 students going on a

stamps. There are 4 rows with field trip to the science center. The
7 stamps in each row. How many students tour the center in groups
stamps does Mr. Samuels buy? of 8. How many groups of students
(Lesson 4.1) are there? (Lesson 6.2)
A 11 A 6
B 14 B 7
C 21 C 9
D 28 D 64
P130
Lesson 7.3
Name
Divide by 5 Represent and solve problems involving
Use count up or count back on a number line to solve.
1. 40 4 5 5 _ 8 2. 25 4 5 5 _
' , (' (, )' ),
Find the quotient.
3. _ 5 10 4 5 4. _ 5 30 4 5 5. 14 4 2 5 _ 6. 5 4 5 5 _
7. 45 4 5 5 _ 8. _ 5 60 4 10 9. _ 5 15 4 5 10. 18 4 2 5 _
11. _ 5 0 4 5 12. 20 4 5 5 _ 13. 25 4 5 5 _ 14. _ 5 35 4 5
15. 5qw
20 16. 10qw
70 17. 5qw
15 18. 5qw
40
19. A model car maker puts 5 wheels 20. A doll maker puts a small bag
in each kit. A machine makes with 5 hair ribbons inside each
30 wheels at a time. How many box with a doll. How many bags
packages of 5 wheels can be made of 5 hair ribbons can be made
from the 30 wheels? from 45 hair ribbons?
Chapter 7 P131
TEST
1. A model train company puts 2. A machine makes 5 buttons at a
5 boxcars with each train set. How time. Each doll shirt gets 5 buttons.
many sets can be completed using How many doll shirts can be
35 boxcars? finished with 5 buttons?
A 5 A 0
B 6 B 1
C 7 C 2
D 8 D 5
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.MD.4)

3. Julia earns $5 each day running 4. Marcus has 12 slices of bread. He
errands for a neighbor. How much uses 2 slices of bread for each
will Julia earn if she runs errands sandwich. How many sandwiches
for 6 days in one month? (Lesson 4.3) can Marcus make? (Lesson 7.1)
A $40 A 6
B $35 B 7
C $30 C 8
D $25 D 9

5. How many students have no pets?
(Lesson 2.7)
A 0 C 4

B 3 5
D
6. How many students answered the

question “How many pets do you
have?” (Lesson 2.7)

A 10 C 14
B 12 D 15
P132
Lesson 7.4
Name
Find the quotient. Draw a quick picture to help.
1. 12 4 3 5 _ 4 2. 24 4 3 5 _ 3. _ 5 6 4 3 4. 40 4 5 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. _ 5 15 4 3 6. _ 5 21 4 3 7. 16 4 2 5 _ 8. 27 4 3 5 _
9. 0 4 3 5 _ 10. 9 4 3 5 _ 11. _ 5 30 4 3 12. _ 5 12 4 4
13. 3qw
12 14. 3qw
15 15. 3qw
24 16. 3qw
9
17. The principal at Miller Street School 18. Mike has $21 to spend at the mall.
has 12 packs of new pencils. She He spends all of his money on
will give 3 packs to each third-grade bracelets for his sisters. Bracelets
class. How many third-grade classes cost $3 each. How many bracelets
are there? does he buy?
______ ______
Chapter 7 P133
TEST
1. There are 18 counters divided 2. Josh has 27 signed baseballs. He
equally among 3 groups. How places the baseballs equally on
many counters are in each group? 3 shelves. How many baseballs are
on each shelf?
A 5 A 6
B 6 B 7
C 7 C 8
D 8 D 9
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.MD.4)

3. Each bicycle has 2 wheels. How 4. How many students watch less than
many wheels do 8 bicycles have? 3 hours of TV a day? (Lesson 2.7)
(Lesson 3.1)
7
7 7 7
7 7 7 7
7 7 7 7 7

A 10

B 16
C 24 A 3 C 8
D 32 B 7 D 13
5. Which of the following is an 6. Which unknown number completes © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
example of the Distributive the equations? (Lesson 6.7)
Property? (Lesson 4.4)
3 3 O 5 21 21 4 3 5 O
A 3 3 6 5 18 A 3
B 6 3 3 5 15 1 3 B 6
C 3365633 C 7
D 3 3 6 5 (3 3 2) 1 (3 3 4) D 18
P134
Lesson 7.5
Name
Draw tiles to make an array. Find the quotient.
4
1. _ 5 16 4 4 2. 20 4 4 5 _ 3. 12 4 4 5 _ 4. 10 4 2 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. 24 4 3 5 _ 6. _ 5 8 4 2 7. 32 4 4 5 _ 8. _ 5 28 4 4
9. 4qw
36 10. 4qw
8 11. 4qw
24 12. 3qw
30
Find the unknown number.
13. 20 4 5 5 a 14. 32 4 4 5 p 15. 40 4 10 5 O 16. 18 4 3 5 x
a5_ p5_ O5_ x5_

17. Ms. Higgins has 28 students in her 18. Andy has 36 CDs. He buys a case
gym class. She puts them in 4 equal that holds 4 CDs in each section.
groups. How many students are in How many sections can he fill?
each group?
______ ______
Chapter 7 P135
TEST
1. Darion picks 16 grapefruits off 2. Tori has a bag of 32 markers to
a tree in his backyard. He puts share equally among 3 friends and
4 grapefruits in each bag. How herself. How many markers will Tori
many bags does he need? and each of her friends get?
A 3 A 6
B 4 B 7
C 5 C 8
D 6 D 9

3. Find the product. (Lesson 4.5) 4. Which of the following describes
this pattern? (Lesson 4.7)
337
8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28
A 18 A Multiply by 4.
B 21 B Add 4.
C 24 C Multiply by 2.
D 28 D Subtract 4.
5. Which is an example of the 6. Jasmine has 18 model horses. She

Commutative Property of places the model horses equally on
Multiplication? (Lesson 3.6) 3 shelves. How many model horses
are on each shelf? (Lesson 6.2) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A 3365239 A 6
B 2345513 B 7
C 4355534 C 15
D 2355515 D 21
P136
Lesson 7.6
Name

7
1. 6 3 _ 5 42 7
42 4 6 5 _ 2. 6 3 _ 5 18 18 4 6 5 _
3. 4 3 _ 5 24 24 4 4 5 _ 4. 6 3 _ 5 54 54 4 6 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. _ 5 24 4 6 6. 48 4 6 5 _ 7. _ 5 6 4 6 8. 12 4 6 5 _
9. 6qw
36 10. 6qw
54 11. 6qw
30 12. 1qw
6
13. p 5 42 4 6 14. 18 4 3 5 q 15. r 5 30 4 6 16. 60 4 6 5 s
p5_ q5_ r5_ s5_

17. Lucas has 36 pages of a book left to 18. Juan has $24 to spend at the
read. If he reads 6 pages a day, how bookstore. If books cost $6 each,
many days will it take Lucas to finish how many books can he buy?
the book?
_______ _______
Chapter 7 P137
TEST
1. Ella earned $54 last week 2. What is the unknown factor
babysitting. She earns $6 an hour. and quotient?
How many hours did Ella babysit 6 3 O 5 42 42 4 6 5 O
last week?
A 6 hours A 6
B 7 hours B 7
C 8 hours C 8
D 9 hours D 9

3. Coach Clarke has 48 students 4. Each month for 7 months, Eva
in his P.E. class. He places the reads 3 books. How many more
students in teams of 6 for an books does she need to read
activity. How many teams can before she has read 30 books?
Coach Clarke make? (Lesson 6.3) (Lesson 4.10)
A 7 A 7
B 8 B 9
C 9 C 27
D 54 D 33
5. Each cow has 4 legs. How many 6. Find the product. (Lesson 4.9) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
legs will 5 cows have? (Lesson 3.1) 339

A 9 A 36
B 16 B 27
C 20 C 18
D 24 D 12
P138
Lesson 7.7
Name
6
1. 7 3 _ 5 42 6
42 4 7 5 _ 2. 7 3 _ 5 35 35 4 7 5 _
3. 7 3 _ 5 7 7475_ 4. 5 3 _ 5 20 20 4 5 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. 7qw
21 6. 7qw
14 7. 6qw
48 8. 7qw
63
9. _5 35 4 7 10. 0 4 7 5 _ 11. _ 5 56 4 7 12. 32 4 8 5 _
13. 56 4 7 5 e 14. k 5 32 4 4 15. g 5 49 4 7 16. 28 4 7 5 s

e5_ k5_ g5_ s5_
17. Twenty-eight players sign up for 18. Roberto read 42 books over
basketball. The coach puts 7 players 7 months. He read the same
on each team. How many teams number of books each month.
are there? How many books did Roberto
read each month?
_______ _______
Chapter 7 P139
TEST
1. Elliot earned $49 last month 2. Which is the unknown factor and
walking his neighbor’s dog. He quotient?
earns $7 each time he walks the 7 3 O 5 63
dog. How many times did Elliot
walk his neighbor’s dog last month? 63 4 7 5 O
A 6 C 8 A 6 C 8
B 7 D 9 B 7 D 9

3. Maria puts 6 strawberries in each 4. Kaitlyn makes 4 bracelets. She uses
smoothie she makes. She makes 8 beads for each bracelet. How
3 smoothies. Altogether, how many many beads does she use in all?
strawberries does Maria use in (Lesson 4.8)
the smoothies? (Lesson 4.3)

A 9 A 12
B 12 B 16
C 18 C 32
D 24 D 40
5. What is the unknown factor? 6. Which division equation is related

(Lesson 3.6) to the following multiplication
235553O equation? (Lesson 6.7)
3 3 4 5 12 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A 10 A 12 4 4 5 3
B 5 B 84254
C 2 C 12 4 2 5 6
D 1 D 10 4 5 5 2
P140
Lesson 7.8
Name
Divide by 8 Represent and solve problems involving

4
1. 8 3 _ 5 32 32 4 8 5 _ 2. 3 3 _ 5 27 27 4 3 5 _
3. 8 3 _ 5 8 8485_ 4. 8 3 _ 5 72 72 4 8 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. _ 5 24 4 8 6. 40 4 8 5 _ 7. _ 5 56 4 8 8. 14 4 2 5 _
9. 8qw
64 10. 7qw
28 11. 8qw
16 12. 8qw
48
13. 16 4 p 5 8 14. 25 4 O 5 5 15. 24 4 a 5 3 16. k 4 10 5 8
p5_ O5_ a5_ k5_

17. Sixty-four students are going on 18. Mr. Chen spends $32 for tickets to a
a field trip. There is 1 adult for play. If the tickets cost $8 each, how
every 8 students. How many many tickets does Mr. Chen buy?
adults are there?
Chapter 7 P141
TEST
1. Mrs. Wilke spends $72 on pies for 2. Find the unknown factor and
the school fair. Each pie costs $8. quotient.
How many pies does Mrs. Wilke 8 3 O 5 40
buy for the school fair?
40 4 8 5 O
A 6 A 4
B 7 B 5
C 8 C 6
D 9 D 7

3. Find the product. (Lesson 4.6) 4. Which of the following has the
same product as 4 3 9? (Lesson 3.6)
(3 3 2) 3 5
A 6 A 338
B 10 B 934
C 20 C 536
D 30 D 732
5. Find the unknown factor. (Lesson 5.2) 6. Which multiplication sentence

represents the array? (Lesson 3.5)
8 3 O 5 32
A 4 A 13858
B 5 B 41458
C 6 C 23458
D 24 D 4 3 3 5 12
P142
Lesson 7.9
Name
Find the quotient.

4
1. _ 5 36 4 9 2. 30 4 6 5 _ 3. _ 5 81 4 9 4. 27 4 9 5 _
5. 9 4 9 5 _ 6. _ 5 63 4 7 7. 36 4 6 5 _ 8. _ 5 90 4 9
9. 9qw
63 10. 9qw
18 11. 7qw
49 12. 9qw
45

13. 48 4 8 5 g 14. s 5 72 4 9 15. m 5 0 4 9 16. 54 4 9 5 n
g5_ s5_ m5_ n5_

17. A crate of oranges has trays inside 18. Van has 45 new baseball cards. He
that hold 9 oranges each. There are puts them in a binder that holds
72 oranges in the crate. If all trays 9 cards on each page. How many
are filled, how many trays are there? pages does he fill?
Chapter 7 P143
TEST
1. Darci sets up a room for a banquet. 2. Mr. Robinson sets 36 glasses on
She has 54 chairs. She places a table. He puts the same number
9 chairs at each table. How many of glasses in each of 9 rows. How
tables have 9 chairs? many glasses does he put in
A 5 each row?
B 6
C 7 A 4 C 6
D 8 B 5 D 7
3. Each month for 9 months, Jordan 4. Find the product. (Lesson 4.8)
buys 2 sports books. How many

more sports books does he need to 8
buy before he has bought 25 sports 37
_
books? (Lesson 4.10)
A 6 A 49
B 7 B 56
C 8 C 63
D 9 D 64
5. Adriana made 30 pet collars to 6. Carla packs 4 boxes of books. Each

bring to the pet fair. She wants to box has 9 books. How many books
display 3 pet collars on each hook. does Carla pack? (Lesson 4.9) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
How many hooks will Adriana need

to display all 30 pet collars? (Lesson 6.3)
A 32 A 36
B 12 B 27
C 10 C 13
D 9 D 5
P144
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 7.10
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃMEÂJ;FÃHE8B;CI
Solve the problem.
1. Jack has 3 boxes of pencils with the same

number of pencils in each box. His mother gives
him 4 more pencils. Now Jack has 28 pencils.
How many pencils are in each box?
Think: I can start with 28 counters
and act out the problem. _____ 8 pencils
2. The art teacher has 48 paintbrushes. She puts
8 paintbrushes on each table in her classroom.
How many tables are in her classroom? _____
3. Ricardo has 2 cases of video games with the

same number of games in each case. He gives
4 games to his brother. Ricardo has 10 games
left. How many video games were in each case?
_____
4. Patty has $20 to spend on gifts for her friends.

Her mother gives her $5 more. If each gift
costs $5, how many gifts can she buy?
_____
5. Joe has a collection of 35 DVD movies. He

received 8 of them as gifts. Joe bought the rest
of his movies over 3 years. If he bought the
same number of movies each year, how many

movies did Joe buy last year?
_____
6. Liz has a 24-inch-long ribbon. She cuts

nine 2-inch pieces from her original ribbon.
How much of the original ribbon is left?
_____
Chapter 7 P145
TEST
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC3.OA.8) PREP
1. Gavin saved $16 to buy packs of 2. Chelsea buys 8 packs of markers.
baseball cards. His father gives Each pack contains the same
him $4 more. If each pack of cards number of markers. Chelsea gives
costs $5, how many packs can 10 markers to her brother. Then,
Gavin buy? she has 54 markers left. How many
markers were in each pack?
A 3 A 6
B 4 B 7
C 5 C 8
D 6 D 9
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.OA.8)

3. Each foot has 5 toes. How many 4. Each month for 5 months, Sophie
toes will 6 feet have? (Lesson 3.1) makes 2 quilts. How many more
quilts does she need to make
before she has made 16 quilts?
(Lesson 4.10)
A 11 A 3
B 25 B 6
C 30 C 7
D 35 D 8
5. Meredith practices the piano for 6. Find the unknown factor. (Lesson 5.2)
3 hours each week. How many

9 3 O 5 36
hours will she practice in 8 weeks?
(Lesson 4.3)
A 18 hours A 3
B 21 hours B 4
C 24 hours C 6
D 27 hours D 8
P146
Lesson 7.11
Name
Order of Operations Solve problems involving the four operations, and
Write correct if the operations are listed in the correct order.

If not correct, write the correct order of operations.
1. 45 2 3 3 5 subtract, multiply 2. 3 3 4 4 2 divide, multiply
multiply, subtract
3. 5 1 12 4 2 divide, add 4. 7 3 10 1 3 add, multiply
Follow the order of operations to find the unknown

number.
5. 6 1 4 3 3 5 n 6. 8 2 3 1 2 5 k 7. 24 4 3 1 5 5 p
n5_ k5_ p5_
8. 12 2 2 3 5 5 r 9. 7 3 8 2 6 5 j 10. 4 1 3 3 9 5 w
r5_ j5_ w5_

11. Shelley bought 3 kites for $6 each. 12. Tim has 5 apples and 3 bags with
She gave the clerk $20. How much 8 apples in each bag. How many
change should Shelley get? apples does Tim have in all?
Chapter 7 P147
TEST
1. Natalie is making doll costumes. 2. Leonardo’s mother gave him
Each costume has 4 buttons that 5 bags with 6 flower bulbs in each
cost 3¢ each and a zipper that bag to plant. He has planted all
costs 7¢. How much does she except 3 bulbs. How many flower
spend on buttons and a zipper for bulbs has Leonardo planted?
each costume?
A 19¢ C 40¢ A 12 C 27
B 33¢ D 49¢ B 15 D 33
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NBT.3)

3. Each story in Will’s apartment 4. Which of the following describes a
building is 9 feet tall. There are pattern in the table? (Lesson 5.1)
10 stories in the building. How tall
is the apartment building? (Lesson 5.5) Tables 1 2 3 4
Chairs 4 8 12 16
A 90 feet A Add 3.
B 80 feet B Multiply by 2.
C 19 feet C Subtract 3.
D 9 feet D Multiply by 4.
5. For decorations, Meg cut out 6. A small van can hold 6 students.
8 groups of 7 snowflakes each. How many small vans are needed
How many snowflakes did Meg to take 36 students on a field trip
cut out in all? (Lesson 4.5) to the music museum? (Lesson 7.6)
A 72 C 58 A 4 C 7
B 63 D 56 B 6 D 8
P148
Name CC.3.OA.8

Lessons 7.1–7.2
Find the quotient. You may want to draw a quick
picture to help.
1. 8 4 2 5 _ 2. _ 5 14 4 2 3. 18 4 2 5 _____ 4. _ 5 12 4 2
5. 70 4 10 5 _ 6. 50 4 10 5 _ 7. 40 4 10 5 _ 8. 90 4 10 5 _
Lessons 7.3–7.4
Find the quotient.
1. 15 4 5 5 _ 2. _ 5 45 4 5 3. _ 5 10 4 5 4. 40 4 5 5 _
5. 6 4 3 5 _____ 6. _ 5 21 4 3 7. _ 5 24 4 3 8. _ 5 18 4 3
9. There are 30 balloons arranged 10. Mr. Song spends $27 on sports
in 6 equal groups. How many drinks. Each bottle costs $3. How
balloons are in each group? many bottles does Mr. Song buy?
Lesson 7.5
Find the quotient.
1. 28 4 4 5 _ 2. _ 5 16 4 4 3. _ 5 20 4 4 4. _ 5 32 4 4
5. 4qw
36 6. 4qw
12 7. 4qw
24 8. 4qw
4

9. a 5 40 4 4 10. 0 4 4 5 b 11. c 5 36 4 4 12. 8 4 4 5 d
a5_ b5_ c5_ d5_
Chapter 7 P149
Lessons 7.6–7.7
1. 7 3 _ 5 35 35 4 7 5 _ 2. 6 3 _ 5 54 54 4 6 5 _
3. 6 3 _ 5 18 18 4 6 5 _ 4. 7 3 _ 5 49 49 4 7 5 _
Find the quotient.
5. 36 4 6 5 _ 6. 48 4 6 5 _ 7. 7qw
63 8. 7qw
56
Lessons 7.8–7.9
Find the quotient.
1. 40 4 8 5 _ 2. _ 5 24 4 8 3. 72 4 9 5 _ 4. _ 5 81 4 9

5. 36 4 9 5 m 6. 18 4 9 5 O 7. 48 4 8 5 b 8. 56 4 8 5 p
m5_ O5_ b5_ p5_
Lesson 7.10
1. At a store, there are 5 vases. Each 2. Lizzy bought 4 bags of apples. Each
vase has the same number of bag had the same number of apples.
flowers. Sixteen flowers are sold. Her mom gave her 8 more apples.
Now there are 24 flowers left. How Now Lizzy has 36 apples. How many
many flowers were in each vase? apples were in each bag?
_______ _______ © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Lesson 7.11
Follow the order of operations to find the unknown number.
1. 10 2 3 1 4 5 t 2. 8 2 3 3 2 5 p 3. 24 4 6 1 2 5 w
t5_ p5_ w5_
P150

8

denominator The part of a

fraction below the line that tells
how many equal parts are in the
whole or in the group
Dear Family, equal parts Parts that are exactly
the same size
fraction A number that names
learning about fractions. We will learn to identify, part of a whole or part of a group
read, and write fractions as part of a whole and numerator The part of a fraction
as part of a group. above the line that tells how many
equal parts are being counted
You can expect to see homework that provides unit fraction A fraction that
practice with fractions. names 1 equal part of a whole.
It has 1 as its top number, or
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught numerator.
to use unit fractions to find a fractional part of
a group.
Find How Many in a Fractional Part of a Group

This is how we will be finding how many are in a
fractional part of a group.
Equal Groups or Parts
STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3
Before you name a
Find 1
__ of 9. Since you want to Circle one of the fraction, be sure there
3
find 1
__ of the groups to show 1 __.
are equal groups or
Put 9 counters on 3 3
group, there Then count the parts.
your MathBoard. should be 3 equal number of counters
groups. in that group.
There are 3 counters

in 1 group.
So, 1
__ of 9 5 3.
3
Activity
Display a group of 12 objects, such as crayons. Have your child find
fractional parts of the group by counting objects in equal groups. Ask your
1 (4), __
1 (6), __ 1 (3), __
1 (2).
child to find these fractional groups of 12: __
2 3 4 6
Chapter 8 P151
8

denominador La parte de una

fracción que está debajo de la barra
y que indica cuántas partes iguales
hay en el entero o en el grupo
partes iguales Las partes que son

Querida familia, exactamente del mismo tamaño
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase fracción Un número que representa

una parte de un todo o una parte de
de matemáticas aprenderemos sobre las fracciones. un grupo
Aprenderemos a identificar, leer y escribir fracciones numerador La parte de una fracción
como parte de un todo y como parte de un grupo. que está arriba de la barra y que
indica cuántas partes iguales del
Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para practicar las entero se están tomando en cuenta
fracciones. fracción unitaria Una fracción que
se refiere a 1 parte igual de un
Este es un ejemplo de la manera como aprenderemos entero. Tiene un 1 en la parte de
a usar fracciones para hallar una parte fraccionaria arriba o numerador.
de un grupo.
Hallar cuántos hay en una parte fraccionaria de un grupo
Así es como hallaremos cuántos hay en una parte

fraccionaria de un grupo.
PASO 1 PASO 2 PASO 3 Grupos o partes iguales
Halla 1
__ de 9.
Como quieres Encierra en un Antes de que nombres
3
círculo uno de los una fracción, asegúrate de
Coloca 9 fichas hallar 1
__ del grupo,
que haya grupos o partes
3 grupos para mostrar
en el MathBoard. debe haber iguales.
1. Luego cuenta la
__
3 grupos iguales. 3
cantidad de fichas
en el grupo.
Hay 3 fichas en 1
grupo. Por lo tanto,
1 de 9 5 3.
__
3
Actividad
Muestre un grupo de 12 objetos, como crayolas. Pida a su hijo que halle las
partes fraccionarias del grupo contando objetos en grupos iguales. Luego, pídale
1 (6), 1
que halle estos grupos fraccionarios de 12: __ __ (4), 1
_ (3), 1
_ (2).
2 3 4 6
P152
Lesson 8.1
Name
Equal Parts of a Whole COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.1
Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Write the number of equal parts.

Then write the name for the parts.
1. 2.
4 equal parts
_ _ equal parts
fourths
___ ___
3. 4.
_ equal parts _ equal parts
___ ___
Write whether the shape is divided into equal parts or unequal parts.
5. 6.
___ parts ___ parts

7. Diego cuts a round pizza into eight 8. Madison is making a place mat. She
equal slices. What is the name for divides it into 6 equal parts to color.
the parts? What is the name for the parts?
___ ___
Chapter 8 P153
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.1) PREP
1. How many equal parts are in 2. What is the name for the equal
this shape? parts of the whole?
A 3
B 4
A fourths C eighths
C 5
B sixths D thirds
D 6

3. Use a related multiplication fact to 4. Find the unknown factor
find the quotient. (Lesson 6.8) and quotient. (Lesson 6.8)
49 4 7 5 93 5 45
A 6 C 8 45 4 9 5
B 7 D 9 A 4 C 6
B 5 D 7
5. There are 5 pairs of socks in one 6. Mrs. McCarr buys 9 packages of

package. Matt buys 3 packages of markers for an art project. Each
socks. How many pairs of socks in package has 10 markers. How
all does Matt buy? (Lesson 4.2) many markers in all does Mrs. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
McCarr buy? (Lesson 4.2)

A 30 A 10
B 15 B 19
C 10 C 81
D 8 D 90
P154
Lesson 8.2
Name
Equal Shares COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.1
For 1–2, draw lines to show how much

each person gets. Write the answer.
1. 6 friends share 3 sandwiches equally.
3 sixths of a
sandwich
_______
2. 8 classmates share 4 pizzas equally.
_______
3. 4 teammates share 5 granola bars equally.

Draw to show how much each person
gets. Shade the amount that one person
gets. Write the answer.
_______
4. Three brothers share 2 sandwiches 5. Six neighbors share 4 pies equally.

equally. How much of a sandwich How much of a pie does each
does each brother get? neighbor get?
Chapter 8 P155
TEST
1. Two friends share 3 fruit bars 2. Four brothers share 3 pizzas
equally. How much does each equally. How much of a pizza does
friend get? each brother get?
A 3 halves
B 4 thirds
A 1 half C 2 halves C 3 fourths
B 2 thirds D 3 halves D 2 fourths

3. Find the quotient. (Lesson 7.4) 4. Tyrice put 4 cookies in each of
7 bags. How many cookies in all
3qw
27
did he put in the bags? (Lesson 4.5)
A 6
B 7 A 11 C 32
C 8 B 28 D 40
D 9
5. Ryan earns $5 per hour raking 6. Hannah has 229 horse stickers and
leaves. He earned $35. How many 164 kitten stickers. How many more
hours did he rake leaves? (Lesson 7.3) horse stickers than kitten stickers
A 5 hours does Hannah have? (Lesson 1.10)
B 6 hours A 45 C 145
C 7 hours B 65 D 293
D 35 hours
P156
Lesson 8.3
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.1
Unit Fractions of a Whole Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Write the number of equal parts in the whole.

Then write the fraction that names the shaded part.
1. 2.
6
__ equal parts __ equal parts
1
_
6
__ __
3. 4.
__ equal parts __ equal parts
__ __
Draw a picture of the whole.

5. 1
__ is 1 is
6. __
3 8
7. Tyler made a pan of cornbread. 8. Anna cut an apple into 4 equal

He cut it into 8 equal pieces and pieces. She gave 1 piece to her
ate 1 piece. What fraction of the sister. What fraction of the apple did
cornbread did Tyler eat? Anna give to her sister?
__ __
Chapter 8 P157
TEST
1. What fraction names the 2. Tasha cut a fruit bar into 3 equal
shaded part? parts. She ate 1 part. What fraction
of the fruit bar did Tasha eat?
A 1
__ A 1
__
3 2
B 1
__ B 1
__
4 3
C 1
__ C 1
__
6 4
D 1
__ D 1
__
8 6

3. Alex has 5 lizards. He divides them 4. Find the product. (Lesson 3.7)
equally among 5 cages. How many 8315

lizards does Alex put in each cage?
(Lesson 6.9)
A 0
A 0 B 1
B 1 C 8
C 5 D 9
D 10
5. Leo bought 6 chew toys for his new 6. Lilly is making a picture graph. Each
puppy. Each chew toy cost $4. How picture of a star is equal to two books
much did Leo spend in all for the she has read. The row for the month
chew toys? (Lesson 4.1) of December has 3 stars. How many © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
books did Lilly read during the

month of December? (Lesson 2.2)
A $10 A 3
B $12 B 5
C $18 C 6
D $24 D 9
P158
Lesson 8.4
Name
Fractions of a Whole Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Write the fraction that names each part. Write a fraction

in words and in numbers to name the shaded part.
1. 2.
1
_
6
Each part is __. Each part is ___.
three
____ sixths ____ eighths
3
_
6
____ ____
3. 4.
Each part is __. Each part is __.

____ thirds
____ fourths
____ ____
Shade the fraction circle to model the fraction.
Then write the fraction in numbers.
5. four out of six 6. eight out of eight
__ __
7. Emma makes a poster for the 8. Lucas makes a flag. It has 6 equal
school’s spring concert. She divides parts. Five of the parts are red. What
the poster into 8 equal parts. She fraction of the flag is red?
uses two of the parts for the title.
What fraction of the poster does
Emma use for the title?
____ ____
Chapter 8 P159
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.1)
PREP
1. What fraction names the 2. What fraction names the
shaded part? shaded part?
4
A __
4
C __
6 8
B 2 D 2
__ __ A one fourth
4 6 B one third
C three fourths
D four thirds
3. Sarah biked for 115 minutes last 4. Harrison made a building using
week. Jennie biked for 89 minutes 124 blocks. Greyson made a
last week. How many minutes in all building using 78 blocks. How
did the girls bike? (Lesson 1.7) many more blocks did Harrison
use than Greyson did? (Lesson 1.10)
A 26 minutes C 204 minutes A 46 C 154
B 194 minutes D 294 minutes B 56 D 202
5. Von bought a bag of 24 dog treats. 6. How many students chose

He gives his puppy 3 treats a day. swimming? (Lesson 2.2)
How many days will the bag of dog
treats last? (Lesson 7.4) Favorite Activity
Skating © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A 3 days Swimming
B 6 days Biking
C 8 days Key: Each 5 5 votes.
D 21 days
A 5 C 20
B 10 D 25
P160
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.2a, CC.3.NF.2b)
PREP
1. Which fraction names point G on 2. Which fraction names point R on
the number line? the number line?
' ( ' (
' > ) * + ' ( I *

+ + + + * * *
A 1
__ C 4
__ A 1
__ C 3
__
4 4 3 3
B 2
__ D 4
__ 2
B __ D 3
__
4 1 3 2
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NF.1)
3. Each table in the cafeteria can seat 4. Which is an example of the

10 students. How many tables are Commutative Property of
needed to seat 40 students? Multiplication? (Lesson 3.6)
(Lesson 7.2)
A 6315631
A 10 C 5 B 4195439
B 8 D 4 C 4395934
D 6335239
5. Pedro shaded part of a circle. 6. Which is true?

Which fraction names the shaded (Lesson 6.9)
part? (Lesson 8.4) A 84158
B 84858
C 83058
D 15831
1
A __ 7
C __
8 8
B 1
__ D 8
__
7 7
P162
Lesson 8.6
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3c
Relate Fractions and Whole Numbers Develop an understanding of fractions as numbers.
Use the number line to find whether the two numbers

are equal. Write equal or not equal.

0
1. __ and 1
6
2. 1 and __
1
3. __ and 6
__
6 6 6 6
____not equal ____ ____
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a fraction greater than 1

for the parts that are shaded.
4. 5.
25_ 45_
6. 7.
35_ 15_
8. Rachel jogged along a trail that 1

9. Jon ran around a track that was __ of
8
was 1
__ of a mile long. She jogged
a mile long. He ran around the track
4
along the trail 8 times. How many 24 times. How many miles did Jon
miles did Rachel jog in all? run in all?
______ ______
Chapter 8 P163
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.3c)
PREP
1. Each shape is 1 whole. Which 2. Each shape is 1 whole. Which
fraction greater than 1 names the fraction greater than 1 names the
parts that are shaded? parts that are shaded?
6
A ___ C 6
__ A 8
__ 8
C ___
18 3 2 16
B 3
__ D 18
___ B 16
___ D 2
__
6 6 8 8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.NF.1)
3. Tara has 598 pennies and 231 4. Dylan read 6 books. Kylie read
nickels. How many pennies and double the number of books that
nickels does she have in all? Dylan read. How many books did
(Lesson 1.7) Kylie read? (Lesson 4.1)
598 A 4
1 231
__ B 8
C 12
D 14
A 719 C 819
B 729 D 829
5. Alyssa divides a granola bar into 6. There are 4 students in each small
halves. How many equal parts are reading group. If there are
there? (Lesson 8.1) 24 students in all, how many
A 2 C 4 reading groups are there? (Lesson 7.5)
B 3 D 6 A 5 C 7
B 6 D 8
P164
Lesson 8.7
Name
Fractions of a Group Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Write a fraction to name the shaded part of each group.

1. 2.
6
_
8
__
__
Write a whole number and a fraction greater

than 1 to name the part filled. Think: 1 container = 1
3. 4.
___ ___ ___ ___
Draw a quick picture. Then, write a fraction

to name the shaded part of the group.
5. Draw 4 circles. 6. Draw 6 circles.
Shade 2 circles. Make 3 groups.
Shade 1 group.
___ ___
7. Brian has 3 basketball cards and 8. Sophia has 3 pink tulips and 3 white
5 baseball cards. What fraction of tulips. What fraction of Sophia’s tulips
Brian’s cards are baseball cards? are pink?
___ ___
Chapter 8 P165
TEST
1. What fraction of the group 2. What fraction of the group
is shaded? is shaded?
A 1
__
4
B 1
__
2
A 5
__ C 3
__ C 2
__
3 5 4
B 5
__ D 3
__ D 4
__
8 8 1

3. Which number sentence does the 4. Juan has 436 baseball cards and
array represent? (Lesson 4.5) 189 football cards. How many more
baseball cards than football cards
does Juan have? (Lesson 1.10)
A 625
B 353
A 4 3 7 5 28
C 347
B 3 3 8 5 24
D 247
C 3 3 7 5 21
D 3 3 6 5 18
5. Sydney bought 3 bottles of glitter. 6. Add.

(Lesson 1.7)
Each bottle of glitter cost $6. How

much did Sydney spend in all on 262
the bottles of glitter? (Lesson 4.3) 1 119
A $24 C $12
B $18 D $9 A 143 C 381
B 371 D 481
P166
Lesson 8.8
Name
Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Circle equal groups to solve. Count the number of

items in 1 group.
1 of 12 5 _
1. __ 3 1 of 16 5 _
2. __
4 8
1 of 12 5 _
3. __ 1 of 9 5 _
4. __
3 3
1 of 18 5 _
5. __ 1 of 4 5 _
6. __
6 2
7. Marco drew 24 pictures. He drew 8. Caroline has 16 marbles. One eighth

1
__ of them in art class. How many of them are blue. How many of
6 Caroline’s marbles are blue?
pictures did Marco draw in art class?
____ ____
Chapter 8 P167
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.1)
PREP
1. Ms. Davis made 12 blankets for 2. Jackson mowed 16 lawns. One
her grandchildren. One third of the fourth of the lawns are on Main
blankets are blue. How many blue Street. How many lawns on Main
blankets did she make? Street did Jackson mow?
A 3 C 9 A 4 C 8
B 4 D 12 B 6 D 12
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2)
3. Find the difference. (Lesson 1.10) 4. Find the quotient. (Lesson 7.6)
509 6qww
54
2175
__
A 334 A 6
B 374 B 7
C 434 C 8
D 474 D 9
5. There are 226 pets entered in the 6. Ladonne made 36 muffins. She put
pet show. What is 226 rounded to
the same number of muffins on
the nearest hundred? (Lesson 1.2) each of 4 plates. How many muffins
did she put on each plate? (Lesson 7.5)
A 200 C 300 A 3 C 9
B 220 D 400 B 6 D 12
P168
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 8.9
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃ?D:ÃJ>;Ã>EB;Ã
HEKFÃI?D=ÃD?JÃH79J?EDI Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Draw a quick picture to solve.
1. Katrina has 2 blue ribbons for her hair.

One fourth of all her ribbons are blue. How
many ribbons does Katrina have in all?
_____ 8 ribbons
2. One eighth of Tony’s books are mystery
books. He has 3 mystery books. How
many books does Tony have in all?
_____
3. Brianna has 4 pink bracelets. One third

of all her bracelets are pink. How many
bracelets does Brianna have?
_____
4. Ramal filled 3 pages in a stamp album. This is

one sixth of the pages in the album. How many
pages are there in Ramal’s stamp album?
_____
5. Jeff helped repair one half of the bicycles in a bike

shop last week. If Jeff worked on 5 bicycles, how
many bicycles did the shop repair in all last week?

_____
6. Layla collects postcards. She has 7 postcards from

Europe. Her postcards from Europe are one third
of her total collection. How many postcards in all
does Layla have?
_____
Chapter 8 P169
TEST
;IIEDÃ>;9AÃ (CC.3.NF.1) PREP
1. A zoo has 2 male lions. One sixth 2. Max has 5 red model cars. One
of the lions are male lions. How third of his model cars are red. How
many lions are there at the zoo? many model cars does Max have?
A 4 C 8 A 15 C 10
B 6 D 12 B 12 D 8
F?H7BÃ;L?;MÃ (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.NF.1)

3. There are 382 trees in the local 4. The Jones family is driving 458
park. What is the number of trees miles on their vacation. So far, they
rounded to the nearest hundred? have driven 267 miles. How many
(Lesson 1.2) miles do they have left to drive?
A 300 (Lesson 1.10)
458
B 380
2 267
__
C 400
D 500
A 191 miles C 211 miles
B 201 miles D 291 miles
5. Ken has 6 different colors of 6. Eight friends share two pizzas

marbles. He has 9 marbles of each equally. How much of a pizza does
color. How many marbles does Ken each friend get? (Lesson 8.2)
have in all? (Lesson 4.3) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A 15
B 45
C 54
A 8 halves C 2 sixths
D 63
B 4 eighths D 2 eighths
P170
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.NF.2a, CC.3.NF.2b,
Name CC.3.NF.3c

Lesson 8.1
Write the number of equal parts. Then write the name for the parts.
1. 2. 3.
____ equal parts ____ equal parts ____ equal parts
Lesson 8.2
Draw lines to show how much each
person gets. Write the answer.
1. 4 friends share 3 oranges equally. 2. 6 sisters share 4 sandwiches equally.
Lessons 8.3–8.4
Write the number of equal parts in the whole. Write a fraction
in words and in numbers to name the shaded part.
1. 2.
____ equal parts ____ equal parts
____________ eighths ____________ thirds
Chapter 8 P171
Lesson 8.5
Write the fraction that names the point.

1. point A _ 2. point B _ 3. point C _
Lesson 8.6
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a fraction
greater than 1 for the parts that are shaded.
1. 2.
25_ 35_
Lesson 8.7
Write a fraction to name the shaded part of each group.
1. 2.
______ ______
Lessons 8.8–8.9 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Draw a quick picture to solve.

1. Charlotte has 12 T-shirts. One fourth 2. Josh walks 18 dogs each week.
of her T-shirts are green. How many Today, he is walking 1_3 of the dogs.
of Charlotte’s T-shirts are green? How many dogs is he walking today?
P172

9

equivalent fractions Two or

more fractions that name the
same amount
greater than (.) A symbol used
Dear Family, to compare two numbers, with the
greater number given first
less than (,) A symbol used to
learning more about fractions. We will learn how compare two numbers, with the
to compare fractions, order fractions, and find lesser number given first
equivalent fractions.
practice with fractions.
to compare fractions that have the same
numerator.
Compare Fractions with the Same Numerator

This is one way we will be comparing fractions that have
the same numerator. Identifying Fewer
Pieces
STEP 1 STEP 2
The fewer pieces a
Compare 4
__ and 4
__ . Since the numerators are the same,
8 6 whole is divided into,
look at the denominators, 8 and 6.
Look at the the larger the pieces
are. For example, when
numerators. The more pieces a whole is divided
a whole is divided into
into, the smaller the pieces are.
6 equal pieces, the
Each numerator is 4. Eighths are smaller pieces than sixths.
pieces are larger than
when the same size
The numerators are So, 4
__ is a smaller fraction of the
8 whole is divided into
the same. whole than 4 __.
8 equal pieces. So, 4 __
6 6
4
4
__ is less than 4 4,4
__. __ __ is greater than (.) _8_.
8 6 8 6
Activity
Play a card game to help your child practice comparing fractions. On
several cards, write a pair of fractions with the same numerator and draw
a circle between the fractions. Players take turns drawing a card and
telling whether greater than (.) or less than (,) belongs in the circle.
Chapter 9 P173
9

fracciones equivalentes Dos o más

fracciones que representan la misma
cantidad
mayor que Símbolo que se usa para

Querida familia, comparar dos números. El número
mayor se escribe primero (.).
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de menor que Símbolo que se usa para
matemáticas aprenderemos más sobre las comparar dos números. El número
menor se escribe primero (,).
fracciones. Aprenderemos a comparar y ordenar
fracciones, y a hallar fracciones equivalentes.
Llevaré a la casa tareas para practicar las
fracciones.
aprenderemos a comparar fracciones que tienen el
mismo numerador.
Comparar fracciones que tienen el mismo denominador
Esta es una manera como compararemos fracciones que

tienen el mismo numerador. Identificar menos piezas
Paso 1 Paso 2 Entre menos piezas se

divida un entero, las piezas
Compara 4
__ y 4
__. Dado que los numeradores son iguales, serán más grandes. Por
8 6
Mira los denominadores 8 y 6. ejemplo, si un entero se
Mira los numeradores.
divide en 6 piezas iguales,
Entre más piezas se divida un entero, las las piezas son más grandes
Cada numerador es 4. piezas serán más pequeñas. Los octavos que las piezas del mismo
son piezas más pequeñas que los sextos. entero, si éste se divide
Los numeradores son
en 8 piezas iguales. Por
iguales. Por lo tanto, 4
__ es una fracción menor 4 es mayor que
lo tanto, __
8 6
del entero que 4 __. 4
(.) __.
6 8 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
4 es menor que 4
__ 4,4
__. __ __
8 6 8 6
Actividad
Ayude a su hijo a comparar fracciones jugando con tarjetas de fracciones.
En varias tarjetas, escriba pares de fracciones con el mismo numerador y
dibuje un círculo entre las fracciones. Túrnense para dibujar cada tarjeta
y decir qué debe ir en el círculo: “mayor que” o “menor que.”
P174
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 9.1
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃECF7H;ÃH79J?EDI
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3d
Solve.
2
1. Luis skates __ mile from his home to
3
school. Isabella skates 2
__ mile to get to
4
school. Who skates farther?
Think: Use fraction strips to act it out.
______ Luis
2. Sandra makes a pizza. She puts
mushrooms on 2__ of the pizza. She adds
8
green peppers to 5
__ of the pizza. Which
8
topping covers more of the pizza?
______
3. The jars of paint in the art room have

different amounts of paint. The green
paint jar is 4
__ full. The purple paint jar is
4 full. Which8
__ paint jar is less full?
6
______
4. Jan has a recipe for bread. She uses

2
__ cup of flour and 1
__ cup of chopped
3 3
onion. Which ingredient does she use
more of, flour or onion?
______
3
5. Edward walked __ mile from his home to
4
the park. Then he walked 2
__ mile from
4
the park to the library. Which distance
is shorter?
______
Chapter 9 P175
TEST
;IIEDÃ>;9AÃ(CC.3.NF.3d) PREP
1. Ali and Jonah collect seashells in 2. Rosa paints a wall in her bedroom.
identical buckets. When they are She puts green paint on 5 __ of the
8
finished, Ali’s bucket is 2__ full and
wall and blue paint on 3__ of the
3 full. 6Which of
Jonah’s bucket is __
8
6 wall. Which of the following
the following correctly compares correctly compares the fractions?
the fractions?
2
A __ 53
__ C 3
__ ,2
__ 5
A __ .3
__ C 3
__ .5
__
6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8
2 3
B __ . __
3 2 5 3 3 5
D __ . __ B __ , __ D __ 5 __
6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8
F?H7BÃ;L?;MÃ(CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.OA.9, CC.3.NF.1)

3. Dan divides a pie into eighths. How 4. Which shows equal parts? (Lesson 8.1)
many equal parts are there? (Lesson 8.1)

A 3 A C
B 6
C 8
B D
D 10
5. Charles places 30 pictures on his 6. Which of the following describes a

bulletin board in 6 equal rows. How pattern in the table? (Lesson 5.1)
many pictures are in each row?
(Lesson 6.7)
Tables 1 2 3 4 5
Chairs 5 10 15 20 25
A 3
B 4 A Add 1. C Multiply by 2.
C 5 B Add 4. D Multiply by 5.
D 6
P176
Lesson 9.2
Name
Compare Fractions with the Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Same Denominator
Compare. Write ,, ., or 5.
1. 3
__
. 1__4 2. 3
__ 0
__ 3. 1
__ 1
__
4 6 6 2 2
5
4. __ 6
__ 7
5. __ 5
__ 2
6. __ 3
__
6 6 8 8 3 3
8
7. __ 0
__ 1
8. __ 1
__ 3
9. __ 2
__
8 8 6 6 4 4
1
10. __ 2
__ 1
11. __ 0
__ 3
12. __ 3
__
6 6 2 2 8 8
1
13. __ 4
__ 5
14. __ 4
__ 4
15. __ 6
__
4 4 8 8 6 6
5
16. Ben mowed __ of his lawn in 17. Darcy baked 8 muffins. She put
6
one hour. John mowed 4 __ of his blueberries in 5
__ of the muffins.
6 8 3 of the
lawn in one hour. Who mowed She put raspberries in __
8
less of his lawn in one hour? muffins. Did more muffins have
blueberries or raspberries?
Chapter 9 P177
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.3d) PREP
2
1. Julia paints __ of a wall in her room 2. Liam is comparing fraction circles.
6
white. She paints more of the wall Which of the following statements
green. Which fraction could show is true?
the part of the wall that is green? 1 __ 4,3
A __ 5 1 C __ __
1 2 2 6 6
A __ C 3
__
6 6 3 4 __ 2 3
B __ . D __ 5 __
2 0 4 4 8 8
B __ D __
6 6

3. Mr. Edwards buys 2 new knobs for 4. Allie builds a new bookcase with
each of his kitchen cabinets. The 8 shelves. She can put 30 books
kitchen has 9 cabinets. How many on each shelf. How many books
knobs does he buy? (Lesson 4.1) can the bookcase hold? (Lesson 5.4)
A 20 A 30
B 18 B 38
C 16 C 240
D 12 D 300
5. The Good Morning Café has 6. Ella wants to use the Commutative
28 customers for breakfast. There Property of Multiplication to help
are 4 people sitting at each table. find the product 5 3 4. Which
How many tables are filled? number sentence can she use? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
(Lesson 7.5) (Lesson 3.6)
A 8 A 51459
B 7 B 5 3 5 5 25
C 6 C 52451
D 4 D 4 3 5 5 20
P178
Lesson 9.3
Name
Compare Fractions with the Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Same Numerator
Compare. Write ,, ., or 5.
1 1
1. __ , __
3
2. __ 3
__ 2
3. __ 2
__
8 2 8 6 3 4

2
4. __ 2
__ 3
5. __ 3
__ 1
6. __ 1
__
8 3 6 4 2 6
5
7. __ 5
__ 4
8. __ 4
__ 6
9. __ 6
__
6 8 8 8 8 6
10. Javier is buying food in the lunch 11. Rachel bought some buttons.
line. The tray of salad plates is 3 __ full. Of the buttons, 2
__ are yellow and
8 4
The tray of fruit plates is 3
__ full. Which 2 are red. Rachel
__ bought more
4 8
tray is more full? of which color buttons?
Chapter 9 P179
TEST
1. Which symbol makes the 2. Which symbol makes the
statement true? statement true?
3 M __
__ 3 2 M __
__ 2
4 8 4 3
A . A .
B , B ,
C 5 C 5
D none D none
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NF.1)

3. Anita divided a circle into 6 equal 4. Which fraction names the shaded
parts and shaded 1 of the parts. part of the rectangle? (Lesson 8.4)
Which fraction names the part she
shaded? (Lesson 8.3)
1 C 5 1
A __ __ A __ C 6
__
6 6 8 8
1 1 2 8
B __ D __ B __ D __
5 1 8 8
5. Chip worked at the animal shelter 6. Mr. Jackson has 20 quarters. If

for 6 hours each week for several he gives 4 quarters to each of his
weeks. He worked for a total of children, how many children does
42 hours. Which of the following Mr. Jackson have? (Lesson 7.5)
can be used to find the number of
weeks Chip worked at the animal © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
shelter? (Lesson 7.6)
A 6 1 42 A 3
B 42 2 6 B 4
C 42 4 6 C 5
D 42 3 6 D 6
P180
Lesson 9.4
Name
Compare Fractions Develop an understanding of fractions as numbers.
Compare. Write ,, ., or 5. Write the strategy

you used.
3
1. __ 3
__ 2. 2
__ 7
__ 3
3. __ 1
__
8 , 4 3 8 4 4
Think: The numerators
are the same. Compare
the denominators.
The greater fraction
will have the lesser
denominator.
same
____ numerator ____ ____
____ ____ ____
Name a fraction that is less than or greater than the

given fraction. Draw to justify your answer.
1
4. greater than __ ___
3
5. less than __ ___
3 4
6. At the third-grade party, two groups 7. Ben and Antonio both take the same
each had their own pizza. The blue bus to school. Ben’s ride is _78 mile.
group ate 7_8 pizza. The green group Antonio’s ride is 3_ mile. Who has a
4
ate 2_8 pizza. Which group ate more longer bus ride?
of their pizza?
Chapter 9 P181
TEST
1. Which statement is correct? 2. Which symbol makes the
2.7 statement true?
A __ __
3 8 2
__ 2
__
4 M 6
2 7
B __ , __
3 8 A .
C 2
__ 5 7
__ B ,
3 8
C 5
7 2
D __ , __
8 3 D none
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.NBT.3, CC.3.NF.3c)

3. Cam, Stella, and Rose each picked 4. Each shape is 1 whole. Which
40 apples. They put all their apples fraction is represented by the
in one crate. How many apples are shaded part of the model?
in the crate? (Lesson 5.5) (Lesson 8.6)
A 40
B 43
C 120 2
A __ C 8
__
4 4
123 4 8
B __ D __
D
4 1
5. Which related multiplication fact 6. What is the unknown factor? (Lesson 5.2)
can you use to find 16 4 O 5 2?

9 3 O 5 36
(Lesson 7.8)
A 4 3 4 5 16 A 7
B 8 3 2 5 16 B 6
C 83158 C 4
D 43258 D 3
P182
Lesson 9.5
Name
Compare and Order Fractions Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Write the fractions in order from greatest to least.

4
_ 3
_ 1
_
4, __
1. __ 1, 3
__ 4 _,
_, 4 _
4 2 5, 1
2. __, __ __ _, _, _
4 4 4 8 8 8
Think: The denominators are
the same, so compare the
numerators: 4 . 3 . 1.
1, 1
3. __ __, 1
__ _, _, _ 2 2, 2
4. __, __ __ _, _, _
3 6 2 3 6 8
Write the fractions in order from least to greatest.
2 __, 3
5. __, 4 __ _, _, _ 6. 4
__, 5
__, 2
__ _, _, _
4 4 4 6 6 6
7 __, 3
7. __, 0 __ _, _, _ 3 __, 3
8. __, 3 __ _, _, _
8 8 8 4 6 8
7
9. Mr. Jackson ran __ mile on Monday. 10. Delia has three pieces of ribbon.
8
He ran 3__ mile on Wednesday and Her red ribbon is 2__ foot long. Her
8 4
5 mile on
__ Friday. On which day green ribbon is 2
__ foot long.
8 3
did Mr. Jackson run the shortest Her yellow ribbon is 2 __ foot long.
6
distance? She wants to use the longest piece
for a project. Which color ribbon
should Delia use?
Chapter 9 P183
TEST
1. Which list orders the fractions from 2. Which list orders the fractions
least to greatest? from greatest to least?
1 __ , 1
A __ , 1 __ 3 __ , 3
A __ , 3 __
8 3 6 8 6 4
1 1 1 3 3 3
B __ , __ , __ B __ , __ , __
3 6 8 4 6 8
C 1
__ , 1
__ , 1
__ C 3
__ , 3
__ , 3
__
8 6 3 4 8 4
1 1 1 3 3 3
D __ , __ , __ D __ , __ , __
6 8 3 6 4 8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.MD.3)

3. What fraction of the group of cars 4. Wendy has 6 pieces of fruit. Of
is shaded? (Lesson 8.7) these, 2 pieces are bananas. What
fraction of Wendy’s fruit is bananas?
(Lesson 8.7)
3
A __ C 5
__ 2
A __ C 4
__
8 8 6 6
1 3 2 2
B __ D __ B __ D __
2 5 4 2
5. Toby collects data and makes a 6. The number sentence is an

bar graph about his classmates’ example of which multiplication
pets. He finds that 9 classmates property? (Lesson 4.4) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
have dogs, 2 classmates have fish,

6 3 7 5 (6 3 5) 1 (6 3 2)
6 classmates have cats, and
3 classmates have gerbils. Which A Associative
pet will have the longest bar on the
B Commutative
bar graph? (Lesson 2.5)
C Distributive
A dog C cat D Identity
B fish D gerbil
P184
Lesson 9.6
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3a
Model Equivalent Fractions Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Shade the model. Then divide the pieces to find the

equivalent fraction.
1. 2.
__ 4
2 5 ___ 1 5 ___
__
4 8 3 6
Use the number line to find the equivalent fraction.
3. 4.

1 5 ___
__ 3 5 ___
__
2 4 4 8
3
5. Mike says that __ of his fraction
4
6. Brett shaded __ of a sheet of
3 8
model is shaded blue. Ryan says that notebook paper. Aisha says he
6 of the same model is shaded blue.

__
6 shaded 1__ of the paper. Are the two
2
Are the two fractions equivalent? fractions equivalent? If so, what is
If so, what is another equivalent another equivalent fraction?
fraction?
Chapter 9 P185
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.3a) PREP
2
1. Find the fraction equivalent to __.
1
2. Find the fraction equivalent to __.
3 4

3
A __
3
C __
1
A __
2
C __
2 6 2 8
4
B __
1 2 6
D __ B __ D __
6 3 4 8
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NF.1)

3. Eric practiced piano and guitar for 4. Kylee bought a pack of
a total of 8 hours this week. He 12 cookies. One-third of the
practiced the piano for 1__ of that cookies are peanut butter. How
4 many of the cookies in the pack
time. How many hours did Eric
practice the piano this week? are peanut butter? (Lesson 8.8)
(Lesson 8.8)
A 6 hours C 3 hours A 9 C 4
B 4 hours D 2 hours B 6 D 3
5. There are 56 students going to the 6. Which number sentence can be

game. The coach puts 7 students in used to describe the picture?
each van. Which number sentence (Lesson 7.1)
can be used to find how many vans © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
are needed to take the students to

the game? (Lesson 7.7)
A 56 1 7 5 n A 21456
B n 1 7 5 56 B 42252
C n 3 7 5 56 C 43154
D 56 2 7 5 n D 84254
P186
Lesson 9.7
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.NF.3b
Equivalent Fractions Develop understanding of fractions as numbers.
Each shape is 1 whole. Shade the model to find the

1. 2.
3
1 5 ___ 3 6
__ 5 ___
__
2 6 4
Circle equal groups to find the equivalent fraction.

3. 4.
2 5 ___
__ 4 5 ___
__
4 2 6 3
5. May painted 4 out of 8 equal parts

of a poster board blue. Jared
painted 2 out of 4 equal parts of a
same-size poster board red. Write
fractions to show which part of the

poster board each person painted.
6. Are the fractions equivalent? Draw a

model to explain.
Chapter 9 P187
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.NF.3b) PREP
6
1. Which fraction is equivalent to __?
1
2. Which fraction is equivalent to __?
8 3
1
A __ C 3
__ 1
A __ C 2
__
4 4 6 6
1 4 2 2
B __ D __ B __ D __
3 6 8 3

3. Which number sentence is shown 4. Cody put 4 plates on the table. He
by the array? (Lesson 6.7) put 1 apple on each plate. Which
number sentence can be used to
find the total number of apples on
the table? (Lesson 3.7)
A 82256 A 41155
B 83158 B 42153
C 2 1 8 5 10 C 43154
D 16 4 2 5 8 D 44252

5. Which number sentence is a 6. Find the quotient. (Lesson 7.5)
related fact to 7 3 3 5 21?

(Lesson 6.8)
4 qw
36
A 7 1 3 5 10 A 9
B 72354 B 8
C 7 3 2 5 14 C 7
D 21 4 3 5 7 D 6
P188
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.NF.3a, CC.3.NF.3b, CC.3.NF.3d
Name

Lesson 9.1
Solve. Show your work.
1. Nick finished 4_8 of his homework

before dinner. Ed finished 7_ of his

8

homework before dinner. Who

finished the greater part of his

homework?

Nick Ed
_2
2. Rafael walked mile and then rode
3
his scooter _2 mile. Which distance

6
is farther?

_ mile is farther.
Lessons 9.2–9.3
Compare. Write <, >, or =.
2
1. __
3
__ 6
2. __
1
__ 3
3. __
3
__
6 6 8 8 8 4
1
4. __
1
__ 2
5. __
2
__ 1
6. __
3
__
6 8 3 6 8 8
Lesson 9.4
Compare. Write <, >, or = . Write the strategy you used.
2
1. __ 2
__ 5
2. __ 1
__ 7
3. __
3
__
8 3 6 6 8 4
Chapter 9 P189
Lesson 9.5
Write the fractions in order from greatest to least.
1 __ , 1
1. __ , 1 __ , , 4 __ , 2
2. __ , 1 __ , ,
2 4 3 6 6 6
Write the fractions in order from least to greatest.
3 3, 3
3. __ , __ __ , , 6 , __
4. __ 3, 5
__ , ,
6 4 8 8 8 8
Lessons 9.6–9.7
Shade the model. Then divide the pieces to find the
1. 2.
1
__ 5 ___ 2
__ 5 ___
4 8 3 6
Use the number line to find the equivalent fraction.
3. 4.

1 ___
__ 2 ___
__
25 8 25 6
Each shape is 1 whole. Shade the model to find the

equivalent fraction .
5. 6.
3 ___
__ 1 ___
__
45 8 25 6
P190

10

A.M. The times after midnight and

before noon
elapsed time The amount of time
that passes from the start of an
Dear Family, activity to the end of the activity
P.M.The times after noon and
During the next few weeks, our math class will
before midnight
be learning about measurement. We will learn to
measure time, length, liquid volume, and mass.
practice with telling time, finding elapsed time,
and solving problems with measurement.
to find elapsed time.
Find Elapsed Time

This is one way we will be learning to find elapsed time. Another Way to
Start time: 2:06 P.M. End time: 2:20 P.M. Find Elapsed Time
STEP 1 STEP 2 Another way to find the

elapsed time is to use an
Find the starting time on a the Add the minutes. analog clock.
number line. Count on to the 0
ending time, 2:20. 4 1 10 5 14
11 12 1 4
+dè 1 (' min 10 2
9 3 9
8 4
2:06 2:10 2:20 7 6 5 14
So, the elapsed time is 14 minutes.
Activity
Have your child practice telling time and finding elapsed time.
Ask questions such as, “Soccer practice starts at 3:30 P.M.
It ends at 4:20 P.M. How many minutes does it last?”
Chapter 10 P191
10

A.M. El tiempo después de la media

noche y antes del medio día
tiempo transcurrido El periodo de
tiempo que transcurre desde el inicio
Querida familia, hasta el final de una actividad
P.M. El tiempo después del medio día

Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de y antes de la media noche
matemáticas aprenderemos sobre mediciones.
Aprenderemos a medir el tiempo, la longitud, el
volumen de los líquidos y la masa.
Llevaré a la casa tareas con actividades que
incluyen decir la hora, hallar el tiempo transcurrido, y
resolver problemas con mediciones.
aprenderemos a hallar el tiempo transcurrido.
Hallar el tiempo transcurrido

Esta es una manera de hallar el tiempo transcurrido. Otra manera de hallar el
Hora de inicio: 2:06 P.M. Final: 2:20 P.M. tiempo transcurrido
PASO 1 PASO 2 Otra manera de hallar el

tiempo transcurrido es usar
Halla en una recta numérica Suma los minutos. un reloj analógico.
la hora de inicio. Cuenta hacia 0
adelante hasta llegar a la hora 4 1 10 5 14
final, 2:20. 11 12 1 4
10 2
+dè 1 (' min 9 3 9
8 4
7 6 5 14
2:06 2:10 2:20
Por tanto, el tiempo transcurrido es 14 minutos.
Actividad
Pida a su hijo o hija que practique cómo decir la hora y hallar el tiempo
transcurrido. Usen las actividades familiares o las actividades programadas
para practicar el tiempo transcurrido. Por ejemplo, “El entrenamiento de fútbol
empieza a las 3:30 P.M. y termina a las 4:20 P.M. ¿Cuántos minutos dura?”
P192
Lesson 10.1
Name
Time to the Minute
Solve problems involving measurement and
estimation of intervals of time, liquid volumes, and
masses of objects.
Write the time. Write one way you can read the time.
1. 2. 3.

4:13

1:16;
____ sixteen ____ ____
minutes
____ after ____ ____
one
____ ____ ____
4. 5. 6.

7:24

____ ____ ____
____ ____ ____
____ ____ ____
Write the time another way.

7. 23 minutes after 4 8. 18 minutes before 11
_______ _______
9. 10 minutes before 9 10. 7 minutes after 1

_______ _______
11. What time is it when the hour hand 12. Pete began practicing at twenty-
is a little past the 3 and the minute five minutes before eight. What is
hand is pointing to the 3? another way to write this time?
_______ _______
Chapter 10 P193
TEST
1. Which is another way to write 2. What time does the clock show?
13 minutes before 10?

A 9:47

B 10:13
C 10:47 A 2:20 C 3:20
D 11:13 B 2:40 D 4:10

3. Each bird has 2 wings. How many 4. Find the unknown factor. (Lesson 5.2)
wings will 5 birds have? (Lesson 3.1) 9 3 O 5 36

A 7 A 4
B 8 B 6
C 9 C 8
D 10 D 27
5. Mr. Wren has 56 paintbrushes. He 6. Which number completes the

places 8 paintbrushes on each of equations? (Lesson 6.7)
the tables in the art room. How 4 3 T 5 20 20 4 4 5 T
many tables are in the art room?
(Lesson 6.3)
A 4
B 5
6 C 6
A
B 7 D 16
C 9
D 48
P194
Lesson 10.2
Name
A.M. and P.M.
masses of objects.
Write the time for the activity. Use A.M. or P.M.

1. eat lunch 2. go home after school 3. see the sunrise
2:53
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
____12:20 P.M. ____ ____
4. go for a walk 5. go to school 6. get ready for art class

8:10
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
____ ____ ____
Write the time. Use A.M. or P.M.

7. 13 minutes after 5:00 in the morning 8. 19 minutes before 9:00 at night
_______ _______
9. quarter before midnight 10. one-half hour after 4:00 in the

morning
_______ _______
11. Jaime is in math class. What time is it? 12. Pete began practicing his trumpet at
Use A.M. or P.M. fifteen minutes past three. Write this
time using A.M. or P.M.

_______ _______
Chapter 10 P195
TEST
1. Steven is doing his homework. 2. After he finished breakfast,
What time is it? Use A.M. or P.M. Mr. Edwards left for work at
fifteen minutes after seven.
4:35 What time is this? Use A.M. or P.M.
A 4:15 P.M. A 6:15 A.M.

B 4:25 A.M. B 7:15 A.M.
C 4:35 P.M. C 6:45 P.M.
D 4:35 A.M. D 7:30 P.M.
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.NBT.3, CC.3.NF.3d)

3. Which division equation is related 4. There are 50 toothpicks in each
to the multiplication equation box. Jaime buys 4 boxes for her
4 3 6 5 24? (Lesson 6.7) party platter. How many toothpicks
does Jaime buy in all? (Lesson 5.4)
A 24 4 8 5 3 A 20
B 12 4 3 5 4 B 54
C 6 3 4 5 24 C 200
D 24 4 4 5 6 D 2,000
5. A pet store sold 145 bags of 6. Victoria and Melody are comparing
beef-flavored dog food and fraction strips. Which statement is
263 bags of cheese-flavored dog NOT correct? (Lesson 9.2) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
food. How many bags of dog food 1 4

A __ < __
were sold in all? (Lesson 1.6) 4 4
3 4
B __ > __
A 118 6 6
2 __
B 308 C __
8 8
>1
408 2 3
C D __ < __
3 3
D 422
P196
TEST
1. Marcus began playing basketball 2. The school play started at 8:15 P.M.
at 3:30 P.M. and stopped playing and ended at 8:56 P.M. How long
at 3:55 P.M. For how many minutes was the school play?
did he play basketball?
A 25 minutes A 15 minutes
B 30 minutes B 31 minutes
C 55 minutes C 41 minutes
D 85 minutes D 56 minutes
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.6, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.NBT.3)

3. Each car has 4 wheels. How many 4. Which number completes the
wheels will 7 cars have? (Lesson 3.1) equations? (Lesson 6.7)
3 3 O 5 27 27 4 3 5 O
A 11 A 6
B 24 B 7
C 27 C 8
D 28 D 9
5. There are 20 napkins in each 6. Mr. Martin drove 290 miles last
package. Kelli bought 8 packages week. This week he drove
for her party. How many napkins 125 miles more than last week.
did Kelli buy in all? (Lesson 5.4) How many miles did Mr. Martin © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
drive this week? (Lesson 1.7)

A 28 A 125 miles
B 40 B 165 miles
C 160 C 315 miles
D 180 D 415 miles
P198
Lesson 10.4
Name
Use Time Intervals
masses of objects.
Find the starting time.

1. Ending time: 4:29 P.M. 2. Ending time: 10:08 A.M.
Elapsed time: 55 minutes Elapsed time: 30 minutes
2 -dè 2)'dè 2 )'dè 2 0dè 11 12 1

10 2
9 3
8 4
*1*+ *1+' +1'' +1)' +1)0 7 6 5
3:34 P.M.
Find the ending time.

3. Starting time: 2:15 A.M. 4. Starting time: 6:57 P.M.
Elapsed time: 45 minutes Elapsed time: 47 minutes
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
5. Jenny spent 35 minutes doing 6. Clark left for school at 7:43 A.M. He
research on the Internet. She got to school 36 minutes later. At

finished at 7:10 P.M. At what time what time did Clark get to school?
did Jenny start her research?
Chapter 10 P199
TEST
1. Cody and his friends started playing 2. Delia worked for 45 minutes on
a game at 6:30 P.M. It took them her oil painting. She took a break at
37 minutes to finish the game. At 10:35 A.M. At what time did Delia
what time did they finish? start working on the painting?
A 5:07 P.M. C 6:53 P.M. A 9:40 A.M. C 11:20 A.M.

B 5:53 P.M. D 7:07 P.M. B 9:50 A.M. D 11:30 A.M.

3. Sierra has 30 collector’s pins. She 4. What time is shown on the clock?
wants to put an equal number of (Lesson 10.1)
pins in each of 5 boxes. How many

pins should she put in each box? 11 12 1
10 2
(Lesson 6.4) 9 3
8 4
7 6 5
? ? ? ? ?
A 1:24 C 4:12
30 pins
B 2:24 D 5:12
A 4 C 6
B 5 D 8
5. Ricardo has 32 books to put on 6. Jon started playing a computer

4 shelves. He puts the same game at 5:35 P.M. He finished the
number of books on each shelf. game at 5:52 P.M. How long did © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
How many books does Ricardo Jon play the game? (Lesson 10.3)
put on each shelf? (Lesson 7.5)
A 6 C 8 A 17 minutes C 25 minutes
B 7 D 9 B 23 minutes D 27 minutes
P200
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 10.5
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃ?C;ÃDJ;HL7BI

masses of objects.
Solve each problem. Show your work.

1. Hannah wants to meet her friends
downtown. Before leaving home,

she does chores for 60 minutes and
eats lunch for 20 minutes. The walk
downtown takes 15 minutes. Hannah
starts her chores at 11:45 A.M. At what
time does she meet her friends?
P.M.
_____ 1:20
2. Katie practiced the flute for 45 minutes.
Then she ate a snack for 15 minutes.
Next, she watched television for
30 minutes, until 6:00 P.M. At what time
did Katie start practicing the flute?
_____
3. Nick gets out of school at 2:25 P.M. He

has a 15-minute ride home on the bus.
Next, he goes on a 30-minute bike
ride. Then he spends 55 minutes doing
homework. At what time does Nick
finish his homework?
_____
4. The third-grade class is going on a field

trip by bus to the museum. The bus
leaves the school at 9:45 A.M. The bus
ride takes 47 minutes. At what time
does the bus arrive at the museum?
_____
Chapter 10 P201
TEST
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.MD.1) PREP
1. Gloria went to the mall and spent 2. The ball game begins at 2:00 P.M.
50 minutes shopping. Then she It takes Ying 30 minutes to get to
had lunch for 30 minutes. If Gloria the ballpark. At what time should
arrived at the mall at 11:00 A.M., at Ying leave home to get to the game
what time did she finish lunch? 30 minutes before it starts?
A 11:30 A.M. A 12:30 P.M.

B 11:50 A.M. B 1:00 P.M.
C 12:20 P.M. C 1:30 P.M.
D 12:30 P.M. D 3:00 P.M.
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.OA.2, CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.NF.3d)

3. Which lists the fractions in order 4. Find the unknown factor. (Lesson 5.2)
from least to greatest? (Lesson 9.5)

6 3 O 5 36
2 2 2
A __ , __ , __
8 4 6
A 4
2 2, 2 6
B __ , __ __ B
4 8 6
C
2,
__ 2,
__ 2
__ C 7
8 6 4
2 2, 2 D 8
D __ , __ __
4 6 8
5. There were 405 books on the 6. Savannah has 48 photos. She

library shelf. Some books were places 8 photos on each page of
checked out. Now there are 215 her photo album. How many pages
books left on the shelf. How many in the album does she use? (Lesson 6.3)
books were checked out? (Lesson 1.10)
A 620 A 5
B 220 B 6
C 210 C 7
D 190 D 9
P202
Lesson 10.6
Name
Measure Length
Represent and interpret data.
Measure the length to the nearest half inch.

1. 2.
1
1_
_2 inches _ inches
3.
_ inches
Measure the length to the nearest fourth inch.

4. 5.
__ inches _ inches
6. 7.
_ inch _ inches
Use a separate sheet of paper for 8.

1
8. Draw 8 lines that are between 1 inch 9. The tail on Alex’s dog is 5__ inches
4
and 3 inches long. Measure each long. This length is between which
line to the nearest fourth inch, and two inch-marks on a ruler?
make a line plot.
Chapter 10 P203
TEST
1. What is the length of the eraser to 2. What is the length of the leaf to the
the nearest half inch? nearest fourth inch?
1 1 1
A __ inch
2
C 1__
2
inches A 1__
2
inches C 2 inches
3 1
B 1 inch D 2 inches B 1__
4
inches D 2__
4
inches
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.MD.1)

3. Which equation is NOT included in 4. Brooke says there are 49 days until
the same set of related facts as July 4. There are 7 days in a week.
6 3 8 5 48? (Lesson 6.8) In how many weeks will it be
July 4? (Lesson 7.7)
A 8 3 6 5 48 A 9 weeks
B 8 3 8 5 64 B 8 weeks
C 48 4 6 5 8 C 7 weeks
D 48 4 8 5 6 D 6 weeks
5. It is 20 minutes before 8:00 in the 6. Marcy played the piano for

morning. Which is the correct way 45 minutes. She stopped playing
to write that time? (Lesson 10.2) at 4:15 P.M. At what time did she
start playing the piano? (Lesson 10.4) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A 7:40 A.M. A 3:00 P.M.

B 7:40 P.M. B 3:30 P.M.
C 8:20 A.M. C 4:45 P.M.
D 8:40 A.M. D 5:00 P.M.
P204
Lesson 10.7
Name
Estimate and Measure Solve problems involving measurement and
Liquid Volume estimation of intervals of time, liquid measures,
and masses of objects.
Estimate how much liquid volume there will be when

the container is filled. Write more than 1 liter, about
1 liter, or less than 1 liter.
1. large milk container 2. small milk container 3. water bottle
n
1 gallo
t
1 pin
more than
1 liter
4. spoonful of water 5. bathtub filled halfway 6. filled eyedropper
Use the pictures for 7–8. Alan pours

water into four glasses that are the
same size.
7. Which glass has the most amount
of water? __
8. Which glass has the least amount A B C D
of water? __
Chapter 10 P205
TEST
1. Felicia filled the bathroom sink with 2. Kyle needed about 1 liter of water
water. About how much water does to fill a container. Which container
she put in the sink? did Kyle most likely fill?
A about 1 liter A a small glass
B more than 1 liter B a spoon
C a little less than 1 liter C a large pail
D much less than 1 liter D a vase
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.5, CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.4)

3. Cecil had 6 ice cubes. He put 1 ice 4. Juan has 12 muffins. He puts 1_4 of
cube in each glass. In how many the muffins in a bag. How many
glasses did Cecil put ice cubes? muffins does Juan put in the bag?
(Lesson 6.9) (Lesson 8.8)
A 6 C 1
B 5 D 0
A 2 C 4
B 3 D 5
5. Which is one way to read the time 6. Julianne drew the line segment
shown on the clock? (Lesson 10.1) below. Use your ruler to measure
the segment to the nearest fourth
11 12 1 inch. (Lesson 10.6)
10 2
9 3 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
8 4
7 6 5
3
A __ inch
A 4 minutes before 7 4
B 26 minutes before 11 B 1 1_4 inches
C 54 minutes after 6 C 1 1_2 inches
D 56 minutes after 7 D 1 3_4 inches
P206
Lesson 10.8
Name
Estimate and Measure Mass Solve problems involving measurement and intervals
of time, liquid volumes, and masses of objects.
Choose the unit you would use to measure

the mass. Write gram or kilogram.
1. CD 2. boy 3. bag of sugar

gram
4. lion 5. paper clip 6. empty plastic bottle
Compare the masses of the objects. Write is less than,

is the same as, or is more than.
7. 8.
The mass of the candle __ The mass of the watch __

the mass of the light bulb. the mass of the necklace.
9. A red ball has a mass that is less 10. Brock’s dog is a collie. To find the
than 1 kilogram. A blue ball has a mass of his dog, should Brock use
mass of 1 kilogram. Is the mass of grams or kilograms?
the blue ball more than or less than
the mass of the red ball?
Chapter 10 P207
TEST
1. Which unit of measure would 2. Elsie wants to find the mass of her
you use to measure the mass of pony. Which unit should she use?
a grape?
A gram C kilogram A gram C kilogram
B inch D meter B liter D centimeter

3. Marsie blew up 24 balloons. She 4. Clark used the order of operations
tied the balloons together in groups to find the unknown number in
of 4. How many groups did Marsie 15 2 12 4 3 5 n. What is the value
make? (Lesson 6.3) of the unknown number? (Lesson 7.11)
A 5 C 7 A 1 C 9
B 6 D 8 B 6 D 11
Use the pictures for 5–6. Ralph pours juice into four
bottles that are the same size.
5. Which bottle has the most amount
of juice? (Lesson 10.7)
A Bottle A C Bottle C
B Bottle B D Bottle D
6. Which bottle has the least amount

of juice? (Lesson 10.7)
A Bottle A C Bottle C A B C D
B Bottle B D Bottle D
P208
Lesson 10.9
Name
Solve Problems About Liquid
Volume and Mass estimation of intervals of time, liquid volumes, and
masses of objects.
Write an equation and solve the problem.

1. Luis was served 145 grams of meat 2. The gas tank of a riding mower
and 217 grams of vegetables at a holds 5 liters of gas. How many
meal. What was the total mass of the 5-liter gas tanks can you fill from a
meat and the vegetables? full 20-liter gas can?
Think: Add to find how much in all.
_ l
145 1 _
217 5 _ _ _ l_5_ _
3. To make a lemon-lime drink, Mac 4. A nickel has a mass of 5 grams.

mixed 4 liters of lemonade with There are 40 nickels in a roll of
2 liters of limeade. How much nickels. What is the mass of a roll
lemon-lime drink did Mac make? of nickels?
_ l_5_ _ _ l_5_ _
5. Four families share a basket of 6. For a party, Julia made 12 liters

16 kilograms of apples equally. How of fruit punch. There were 3 liters
many kilograms of apples does each of fruit punch left after the party.
family get? How much fruit punch did the
people drink at the party?
_ l_5_ _ _ l_5_ _
7. Zoe’s fish tank holds 27 liters of 8. Adrian’s backpack has a mass of

water. She uses a 3-liter container to 15 kilograms. Theresa’s backpack
fill the tank. How many times does has a mass of 8 kilograms. What is
she have to fill the 3-liter container the total mass of both backpacks?
in order to fill her fish tank?
Chapter 10 P209
TEST
1. Mickey’s beagle has a mass of 2. Lois put 8 liters of water in a bucket
15 kilograms. His dachshund has a for her pony. At the end of the day,
mass of 13 kilograms. What is the there were 2 liters of water left. How
combined mass of the two dogs? much water did the pony drink?
A 2 kilograms C 23 kilograms A 4 liters C 10 liters

B 18 kilograms D 28 kilograms B 6 liters D 16 liters
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.NF.3d, CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.2)

3
3. Josiah has 3 packs of toy animals. 4. Tom jogged __
10 mile, Betsy jogged
Each pack has the same number 5
__ 2
__
10 mile, and Sue jogged 10 mile.
of animals. Josiah gives 6 animals Who jogged a longer distance
to his sister Stephanie. Then Josiah 4
than __
10 mile? (Lesson 9.5)
has 9 animals left. How many
animals were in each pack? A Betsy
(Lesson 7.10) B Sue
A 1 C 5 C Tom
B 3 D 6 D None
5. Bob started mowing at 9:55 A.M. It 6. Juliana wants to find the mass of a
took him 25 minutes to mow the watermelon. Which unit should she
front yard and 45 minutes to mow use? (Lesson 10.8)
the back yard. At what time did Bob
finish mowing? (Lesson 10.5)

A 10:20 A.M. C 11:05 A.M. A gram C liter
B 10:55 A.M. D 11:20 A.M. B kilogram D meter
P210
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.2, CC.3.MD.4
Name

Lessons 10.1–10.2
Write the time. Write one way you can read the time.
1. 2. 3.
6:20
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
Write the time. Use A.M. or P.M.

1. 30 minutes past noon 2. 14 minutes before 7:00 in the morning
Lesson 10.3
Find the elapsed time.
1. Start: 10:10 P.M. End: 10:45 P.M. 2. Start: 7:05 A.M. End: 7:33 A.M.
11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5
Lessons 10.4–10.5
1. Delia spent 45 minutes working on 2. Lucas leaves school at 3:05 P.M.
her book report. She finished the The bus ride home takes 25 minutes.
report at 6:10 P.M. At what time did Then it takes Lucas 15 minutes to
Delia start working on her report? ride his bike to soccer practice.
At what time does Lucas get to
soccer practice?
Chapter 10 P211
Lesson 10.6
Measure the length to the nearest half inch.
1. 2.
_ inches _ inches
Measure the length to the nearest fourth inch.
3.
_ inches
Lesson 10.7
Estimate how much liquid volume there will be when the container
is filled. Write more than 1 liter, about 1 liter, or less than 1 liter.
1. mug 2. watering can 3. sports bottle
Lesson 10.8
Choose the unit you would use to measure the mass.
Write gram or kilogram.
1. pen 2. bag of flour 3. brick
Lesson 10.9
Write an equation and solve the problem.
1. Miles ate two hot dogs with buns. 2. Celia’s famous raspberry limeade
Each hot dog has a mass of 45 grams, comes in 3-liter containers. Celia
and each hot dog bun has a mass of gets an order for 8 containers of
33 grams. How many grams of hot raspberry limeade. How many liters
dogs and buns did Miles eat in all? of raspberry limeade were ordered?
P212

11

area The measure of unit squares

needed to cover a flat surface
perimeter The distance around a
shape
Dear Family, unit square A square with a side
During the next few weeks, our math class will length of 1 unit that is used to
measure area
be learning about perimeter and area of shapes.
practice with measuring and finding perimeter,
and finding area by counting squares, using
addition, or using multiplication.
to find perimeter.
Find Perimeter
These are two ways to find perimeter.
Finding Unknown Side
Count units. Use addition.
Lengths
Find the perimeter of the Find the perimeter of the
Sometimes not all
shape by counting each unit rectangle.
lengths of the sides of a
around the shape. shape are given. If you

know the perimeter, you

can add the lengths of

the sides you know and
use an equation to find
Perimeter 5 length 1 the unknown side length.
width 1 length 1 width
Perimeter is the distance Add: 9 1 6 1 9 1 6 5 30 inches
around a shape.
So, the perimeter is 12 units. So, the perimeter is 30 inches.
Activity
Have your child practice finding the perimeter and area
of items around the house. Find and measure the sides
of items that have plane shapes, such as an envelope,
a place mat, a square potholder, a pennant, or a rug.
Chapter 11 P213
11

área La medida del número de los

cuadrados de una unidad que se
necesitan para cubrir una superficie
plana
perímetro La distancia alrededor de
Querida familia, una figura
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de cuadrado de una unidad Un
cuadrado cuyo lado mide 1 unidad y
matemáticas aprenderemos acerca del perímetro que se usa para medir un área
y el área de las figuras. unidad cuadrada Una unidad que
mide el área como del pies cuadrado,
Llevaré a la casa tareas que sirven para practicar metro cuadrado y así sucesivamente
cómo medir y hallar el perímetro, además de hallar el
área contando cuadrados usando la suma o la multiplicación.
a hallar el perímetro.
Hallar el perímetro
Estas son dos maneras de hallar el perímetro.
Contar unidades. Usar la suma.
Hallar longitudes desconocidas
Halla el perímetro de la Halla el perímetro del de los lados
figura contando cada unidad rectángulo. A veces no se dan las
alrededor de la figura. longitudes de los lados de
una figura. Si conoces el
perímetro, puedes sumar las
longitudes de los lados que

conoces y usar una ecuación
para hallar la longitud
Perímetro 5 largo 1 desconocida del lado.
ancho 1 largo 1 ancho

Sumo: 9 1 6 1 9 1 6 5
El perímetro es la distancia
30 pulgadas
alrededor de una figura. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Por tanto, el perímetro es Por tanto, el perímetro es

12 unidades. 30 pulgadas.
Actividad
Pida a su hijo que practique hallando el perímetro y el área de
algunos objetos de la casa. Hallen y midan los lados de objetos
que tengan formas planas, como un sobre, un individual para la
mesa, un agarrador de ollas cuadrado, un banderín o un tapete.
P214
Lesson 11.1
Name
Model Perimeter Geometric measurement: recognize perimeter as an
attribute of plane figures and distinguish between
linear and area measures.
Find the perimeter of the shape. Each unit is 1 centimeter.

1. 2.
22
__ centimeters __ centimeters
3. 4.
__ centimeters __ centimeters
Use the drawing for 5–6. Each unit is 1 centimeter.

5. What is the perimeter of Patrick’s

shape?
_______
6. How much greater is the perimeter of

Jillian’s shape than the perimeter of
Patrick’s shape?
_______
Chapter 11 P215
TEST
1. Find the perimeter of the shape. 2. Find the perimeter of the shape.
Each unit is 1 centimeter. Each unit is 1 centimeter.
A 14 centimeters A 19 centimeters
B 16 centimeters B 26 centimeters
C 18 centimeters C 33 centimeters
D 20 centimeters D 55 centimeters
Spiral Review (CC.3.NF.3d, CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.2)

3. Which lists the fractions in order 4. Kasey’s school starts at the time
from least to greatest? (Lesson 9.5) shown on the clock. What time
2, __
__ 2, __
2 does Kasey’s school start? (Lesson 10.1)
4 3 6
2 2 2
A __, __, __
11 12 1
3 4 6 10 2
9 3
2 2 2
B __, __, __ 8 4
6 4 3 7 6 5
2 2 2
C __, __, __
4 3 6 A 6:40 C 8:30
2 2 2
D __, __, __ B 8:06 D 9:30
3 6 4 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. Michael and Dex are comparing 6. Aiden wants to find the mass of a
fraction strips. Which statement is bowling ball. Which unit should he
NOT correct? (Lesson 9.2) use? (Lesson 10.8)
1 2
A __ , __
4 3
C __ , __ A liter C gram
2 2 8 8
2 1
B __ . __
4 2
D __ . __ B inch D kilogram
3 3 6 6
P216
Lesson 11.2
Name
Find Perimeter Geometric measurement: recognize perimeter as an
Use a ruler to find the perimeter.

1. 2.

12 centimeters
_ _ centimeters
3. 4.

_ inches _ inches
Draw a picture to solve 5–6.

5. Evan has a square sticker that 6. Sophie draws a shape that has
measures 5 inches on each side. 6 sides. Each side is 3 centimeters.
What is the perimeter of the sticker? What is the perimeter of the shape?
Chapter 11 P217
TEST
Use an inch ruler for 1–2.
1. Ty cut a label the size of the shape 2. Julie drew the shape shown below.
shown. What is the perimeter, What is the perimeter, in inches,
in inches, of Ty’s label? of the shape?
A 4 inches C 6 inches A 2 inches C 6 inches

B 5 inches D 7 inches B 4 inches D 8 inches
Spiral Review (CC.3.NF.3d, CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.2, CC.3.MD.8)

3. What is the perimeter of the shape 4. Vince arrives for his trumpet lesson
below? (Lesson 11.1) after school at the time shown on the
clock. What time does Vince arrive
for his trumpet lesson? (Lesson 10.2)
A 3:26 A.M.
11 12 1
B 4:26 A.M. 10 2
9 3
A 8 units C 20 units C 3:26 P.M. 8 4
7 6 5
B 10 units D 22 units D 4:26 P.M.
5. Matthew’s small fish tank holds 6. Cecila and Sasha are comparing
12 liters. His large fish tank holds fraction strips. Which statement is
25 liters. How many more liters correct? (Lesson 9.3)
does his large fish tank hold?
(Lesson 10.9)
1 1
A __ , __
1 1
C __ . __
A 12 liters C 25 liters 2 3 4 2
B 13 liters D 37 liters 1 1
B __ . __
1 1
D __ , __
8 6 6 4
P218
ALGEBRA
Lesson 11.3
Name
Find Unknown Side Lengths
Geometric measurement: recognize perimeter as an
Find the unknown side lengths.
1. Perimeter 5 33 centimeters 2. Perimeter 5 14 feet
DN GU
Y S S
DN
DN GU
DN
5 1 8 1 7 1 4 1 x 5 33
24 1 x 5 33
x59
9
x 5 __ centimeters r 5 __ feet
3. Perimeter 5 37 meters 4. Perimeter 5 92 inches

JO
11 m JO JO
8m
U JO
5m i JO
2m
s 5 __ meters t 5 __ inches
5. Steven has a rectangular rug with a 6. Kerstin has a square tile. The
perimeter of 16 feet. The width of perimeter of the tile is 32 inches.
the rug is 5 feet. What is the length What is the length of each side of
of the rug? the tile?
Chapter 11 P219
TEST
1. Jesse is putting a ribbon around a 2. Davia draws a shape with 5 sides.
square frame. He uses 24 inches Two sides are each 5 inches long.
of ribbon. How long is each side of Two other sides are each 4 inches
the frame? long. The perimeter of the shape is
A 4 inches 27 inches. What is the length of the
fifth side?
B 5 inches
C 6 inches A 9 inches C 14 inches
D 8 inches B 13 inches D 18 inches
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.1, CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.NF.3c, CC.3.MD.1)

3. Which of the following represents 4. Bob bought 3 packs of model cars.
7 1 7 1 7 1 7? (Lesson 3.2) He gave 4 cars to Ann. Bob has
A 434 11 cars left. How many model cars
were in each pack? (Lesson 7.10)
B 437
C 637 A 18 C 7
D 737 B 11 D 5
5. Randy looked at his watch when he 6. Which statement does the model
started and finished reading. How represent? (Lesson 8.6)
long did Randy read? (Lesson 10.3)
11 12 1 11 12 1
10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
8 4 8 4
7 6 5 7 6 5
4UBSU &OE
4
A __ 5 1 2
C __ 5 1
A 55 minutes C 35 minutes 4 4
3 1
B 45 minutes D 15 minutes B __ 5 1 D __ 5 1
4 4
P220
Lesson 11.4
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.5, CC3.MD.5a
Understand Area Geometric measurement: understand concepts of
area and relate area to multiplication and to addition.
Count to find the area for the shape.

1. 2. 3.
6 square units
Area = _ Area = _ square units Area = _ square units
4. 5. 6.
Area = _ square units Area = _ square units Area = _ square units
Write area or perimeter for each situation.

7. carpeting a floor 8. fencing a garden
Use the diagram for 9–10.

9. Roberto is building a platform for his

model railroad. What is the area of
the platform?
10. Roberto will put a border around the

edges of the platform. How much
border will he need?
Chapter 11 P221
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.5, CC.3.MD.5a) PREP
1. Josh used rubber bands to make 2. Wilma drew the shape below on
the shape below on his geoboard. dot paper. What is the area of the
What is the area of the shape? shape she drew?
A 3 square units A 4 square units

B 4 square units B 5 square units
C 5 square units C 6 square units
D 6 square units D 7 square units

3. Leonardo knows it is 42 days until 4. Nan cut a submarine sandwich into
summer break. How many weeks is 4 equal parts and ate one part.
it until Leonardo’s summer break? What fraction represents the part of
(Hint: There are 7 days in a week.) the sandwich Nan ate? (Lesson 8.3)
(Lesson 7.7)
1
A __
4
C __
A 5 weeks C 7 weeks 4 4
B 6 weeks D 8 weeks 1
B __
4
D __
3 1
5. Wanda is eating breakfast. Which is 6. Dick has 2 bags of dog food. Each
a reasonable time for Wanda to be bag contains 5 kilograms of food.
eating breakfast? (Lesson 10.2) How many kilograms of food does
A 7:45 A.M. Dick have in all? (Lesson 10.8)
B 7:45 P.M.
C 2:15 A.M. A 3 kilograms C 7 kilograms
D 2:15 P.M. B 5 kilograms D 10 kilograms
P222
Lesson 11.5
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.5b, CC.3.MD.6
Measure Area Geometric measurement: understand concepts of area
and relate area to multiplication and to addition.
Count to find the area of the shape.

Each unit square is 1 square centimeter.
1. 2.
14 square centimeters
Area 5 _ Area 5 _ square centimeters
3. 4.
Area 5 _ square centimeters Area 5 _ square centimeters
Alan is painting his deck gray. Use "MBOT%FDL

the diagram at the right for 5–6. Each
unit square is 1 square meter.
5. What is the area of the deck that

Alan has already painted gray?
6. What is the area of the deck that

Alan has left to paint?
Chapter 11 P223
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.5b, CC.3.MD.6) PREP
Each unit square in the diagram is
1 square foot.
1. How many square feet are shaded?
A 19 square feet
B 21 square feet
C 23 square feet
D 25 square feet
2. What is the area that has NOT been
shaded?
A 19 square feet
B 21 square feet
C 23 square feet
D 25 square feet
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.NF.3b, CC.3.MD.2)

3. Sonya buys 6 packages of rolls. 4. Charlie mixed 6 liters of juice with
There are 6 rolls in each package. 2 liters of soda to make fruit punch.
How many rolls does Sonya buy? How many liters of fruit punch did
(Lesson 4.3) Charlie make? (Lesson 10.9)
A 42 C 24 A 3 liters C 8 liters
B 36 D 12 B 4 liters D 12 liters
5. Which drawing shows _23 of the 6. Use the models to name a fraction
that is equivalent to _1 . (Lesson 9.7)
circle shaded? (Lesson 8.4) 2

A C
B D 2 2
A __ C __
1 4
2
B __
4
D __
2 4
P224
Lesson 11.6
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.7, CC.3.MD.7a
Use Area Models Geometric measurement: understand concepts of area
Find the area of each shape. Each unit

square is 1 square foot.
1. 2.
There are 3 rows of 8 unit squares.

3 3 8 5 24
24 square feet
Find the area of each shape.

Each unit square is 1 square meter.
3. 4. 5.
6. Landon made a rug for the hallway. 7. Eva makes a border at the top of
Each unit square is 1 square foot. a picture frame. Each unit square is
What is the area of the rug? 1 square inch. What is the area
of the border?
Chapter 11 P225
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.7, CC.3.MD.7a) PREP
1. The entrance to an office has a tiled 2. Ms. Burns buys a new rug. Each
floor. Each square tile is 1 square unit square is 1 square foot. What is
meter. What is the area of the floor? the area of the rug?
A 8 square meters A 5 square feet

B 9 square meters B 7 square feet
C 10 square meters C 10 square feet
D 12 square meters D 12 square feet
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.4, CC.3.NF.3d, CC.3.MD.1, CC.3.MD.8)

3. Ann and Bill are comparing fraction 4. Claire bought 6 packs of baseball
strips. Which statement is correct? cards. Each pack had the same
(Lesson 9.2) number of cards. If Claire bought
3 5
A __ . __ 48 baseball cards in all, how many
8 8 cards were in each pack? (Lesson 7.8)
3 1
B __ , __
4 4
3 4
C __ . __
6 6 A 54 C 8
1 2
D __ , __ 42 6
B D
3 3
5. Austin left for school at 7:35 A.M.. 6. Wyatt’s room is a rectangle with
He arrived at school 15 minutes a perimeter of 40 feet. The width
later. What time did Austin arrive of the room is 8 feet. What is the
at school? (Lesson 10.4) length of the room? (Lesson 11.3)
A 7:40 A.M. C 7:55 A.M. A 5 feet C 16 feet
B 7:50 A.M. D 8:00 A.M. B 12 feet D 32 feet
P226
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 11.7
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃÞH;7ÃE<Ã
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.MD.7b
;9J7D=B;I Geometric measurement: understand concepts of area
Use the information for 1–3.

An artist makes rectangular murals in different sizes. Below
are the available sizes. Each unit square is 1 square meter.
" # $ %
1. Complete the table to find the area of each mural.

Length Width Area
Mural
(in meters) (in meters) (in square meters)
A 2 1 2
B 2 2 4
C 2
D 2
2. Find and describe a pattern of how

the length changes and how the width
changes for murals A through D.
3. How do the areas of the murals change when

the width changes?
4. Dan built a deck that is 5 feet long and 5 feet wide.

He built another deck that is 5 feet long and 7 feet
wide. He built a third deck that is 5 feet long and 9 feet
wide. How do the areas change?
Chapter 11 P227
TEST
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.MD.7b) PREP
1. Lauren drew the designs below. 2. Henry built one garden that is
Each unit square is 1 square 3 feet wide and 3 feet long. He also
centimeter. If the pattern continues, built a garden that is 3 feet wide
what will be the area of the and 6 feet long, and a garden that
fourth shape? is 3 feet wide and 9 feet long. How
do the areas change?
A The areas do not change.
B The areas double.
A 10 square centimeters C The areas increase by
B 12 square centimeters 3 square feet.
C 14 square centimeters D The areas increase by
D 16 square centimeters 9 square feet.
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.NBT.3, CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.MD.5b, CC.3.MD.6)

3. Joe, Jim, and Jack share 27 football 4. Nita uses _13 of a carton of 12 eggs.
cards equally. How many cards How many eggs does she use?
does each boy get? (Lesson 7.4) (Lesson 8.7)
A 7
B 8
C 9 A 3 C 6
D 10 B 4 D 9
5. Brenda made 8 necklaces. Each 6. Neal is tiling his kitchen floor. Each
necklace has 10 large beads. How square tile is 1 square foot. Neal © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
many large beads did Brenda use uses 6 rows of tiles with 9 tiles in
to make the necklaces? (Lesson 5.4) each row. What is the area of the
floor? (Lesson 11.6)
A 80
A 15 square feet
B 85
B 52 square feet
C 90
C 54 square feet
D 100
D 57 square feet
P228
Lesson 11.8
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.7c, CC.3.MD.7d
Area of Combined Rectangles Geometric measurement: understand concepts of area and
relate area to multiplication and to addition.
Use the Distributive Property to find the area.

Show your multiplication and addition equations.
1. 2.
4 3 2 5 8; 4 3 5 5 20
____ ____
8 1 20 5 28
____ ____
_28 square units _ square units
Draw a line to break apart the shape into

rectangles. Find the area of the shape.
3. 4.
Rectangle 1: _ 3 _ 5 _ Rectangle 1: _ 3 _ 5 _
Rectangle 2: _ 3 _ 5 _ Rectangle 2: _ 3 _ 5 _
_ 1 _ 5 _ square units _ 1 _ 5 _ square units
A diagram of Frank’s room is at right.

Each unit square is 1 square foot.
5. Draw a line to divide the shape of
Frank’s room into rectangles.
6. What is the total area of Frank’s room?
_ square feet
Chapter 11 P229
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.MD.7c, CC.3.MD.7d) PREP
1. The diagram shows Ben’s backyard. 2. The diagram shows a room in an
Each unit square is 1 square yard. art gallery. Each unit square is
What is the area of Ben’s backyard? 1 square meter. What is the area
of the room?
A 12 square yards A 24 square meters

B 16 square yards B 30 square meters
C 18 square yards C 36 square meters
D 24 square yards D 40 square meters

3. Naomi needs to solve 28 4 7 5 O. 4. Karen drew a triangle with
What related multiplication fact side lengths 3 centimeters,
can she use to find the unknown 4 centimeters, and 5 centimeters.
number? (Lesson 6.7) What is the perimeter of the
triangle? (Lesson 11.2)
A 3 3 7 5 21
A 7 centimeters
B 4 3 7 5 28
B 9 centimeters
C 5 3 7 5 35
C 11 centimeters
D 6 3 7 5 42
D 12 centimeters © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
5. The rectangle is divided into equal 6. Use an inch ruler. To the nearest
parts. What is the name of the half inch, how long is this line
equal parts? (Lesson 8.1) segment? (Lesson 10.6)
A half C fourth A 1 inch C 2 inches

B third D sixth B 1 1_2 inches D 2 1_2 inches
P230
Lesson 11.9
Name
Same Perimeter, Different Areas Geometric measurement: recognize perimeter as an
Find the perimeter and the area.
Tell which rectangle has a greater area.
1. 2.
B
A
A B
12 units ;
A: Perimeter 5 ___ A: Perimeter 5 ___ ;
9 square units
Area 5 ____ Area 5 ____
B: Perimeter 5 ___ ; B: Perimeter 5 ___ ;

Area 5 ____ Area 5 ____
Rectangle _ has a greater area. Rectangle _ has a greater area.
3. Tara’s and Jody’s bedrooms are 4. Mr. Sanchez has 16 feet of fencing
shaped like rectangles. Tara’s to put around a rectangular garden.
bedroom is 9 feet long and 8 feet He wants the garden to have the
wide. Jody’s bedroom is 7 feet long greatest possible area. How long
and 10 feet wide. Whose bedroom should the sides of the garden be?
has the greater area? Explain.
Chapter 11 P231
TEST
1. Which shape has a perimeter of 2. All four rectangles below have the
12 units and an area of 8 square same perimeter. Which rectangle
units? has the greatest area?
A A
B
B
C C
D
D
Spiral Review (CC.s.MD.7, CC.3.MD.7a, CC.3.MD.8)

3. Kerrie covers a table with 8 rows 4. Von has a rectangular workroom
of square tiles. There are 7 tiles with a perimeter of 26 feet. The
in each row. What is the area that length of the workroom is 6 feet.
Kerrie covers in square units? What is the width of Von’s work- © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
(Lesson 11.6) room? (Lesson 11.3)

A 15 square units A 7 feet
B 35 square units B 13 feet
C 42 square units C 20 feet
D 56 square units D 26 feet
P232
Lesson 11.10
Name
Same Area, Different Perimeters Geometric measurement: recognize perimeter as an
Find the perimeter and the area. Tell which
rectangle has a greater perimeter.
1. 8 square units ;
A: Area 5 ____
" 18 units
Perimeter 5 ____
B: Area 5 ____ ;
Perimeter 5 ____
#
Rectangle _ has a greater perimeter.
2. 3.
" #
" #
A: Area 5 ____ ; A: Area 5 ____ ;

Perimeter 5 ___ Perimeter 5 ___
B: Area 5 ____ ; B: Area 5 ____ ;
Perimeter 5 ___ Perimeter 5 ___
Rectangle _ has a greater perimeter. Rectangle _ has a greater perimeter.
Use the tile designs for 4–5. #FUIT5JMF%FTJHOT

4. Compare the areas of Design A

and Design B.
"
5. Compare the perimeters. Which

design has the greater perimeter?
#
Chapter 11 P233
TEST
1. Jake drew two rectangles. Which 2. Alyssa drew two rectangles. Which
statement is true? statement is true?
"
" #
#
A The perimeters are the same. A The perimeter of B is greater.
B The area of A is greater. B The perimeter of A is greater.
C The perimeter of A is greater. C The area of B is greater.
D The perimeter of B is greater. D The perimeters are the same.
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.8, CC.3.NF.2a, CC.3.NF.2b, CC.3.NF.3d)

3. Marsha was asked to find the 4. What fraction names the point on
value of 8 2 3 3 2. She wrote a the number line? (Lesson 8.5)
wrong answer. Which is the correct
answer? (Lesson 7.11)

1
A __
3
C __
A 22 C 4 4 4
2 3
B 10 D 2 B __ D __
3 1
5. Kyle drew three line segments with 6. On Monday, 3_8 inch of snow fell. On
these lengths: 2_4 inch, 2_3 inch, and Tuesday, 5_ inch of snow fell. Which
_ inch. Which list orders the
2 8
6 statement correctly compares the
fractions from least to greatest? snow amounts? (Lesson 9.2)
(Lesson 9.5)
2 2 2
A __, __, __
2 2 2
C __, __, __
3 5 5 3
A __ 5 __ C __ , __
6 4 3 4 3 6 8 8 8 8
2
B __,
2
__, 2
__ 2
D __,
2
__, 2
__ 3 5 3 5
B __ , __ D __ . __
3 4 6 6 3 4 8 8 8 8
P234
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.MD.5, CC.3.MD.5a,
Name CC.3.MD.5b, CC.3.MD.6, CC.3.MD.7a, CC.3.MD.7b, CC.3.MD.7c,
CC.3.MD.7d, CC3.MD.8 ALSO CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.OA.9,
CC.3.NBT.2, CC.3.MD.4

Lessons 11.1, 11.3
1. Find the perimeter of the shape. 2. The square has a perimeter of
Each unit is 1 centimeter. 28 inches. What is the length of each
side of the square?

Lesson 11.2
Use a centimeter ruler to find the perimeter.
1. 2. Zd
Zd
Zd
Zd Zd Zd
Zd
Zd Zd
Lessons 11.4–11.6
Find the area of the shape.
Each unit square is 1 square inch.

1. 2.
Area 5 square inches

Chapter 11 P235
Lesson 11.7
Use the rectangles at the right for 1–2.
1. How do the length and width change GU
from Rectangle A to Rectangle B?
GU
>
GU
2. How do the areas change from Rectangle GU
A to Rectangle B to Rectangle C?

GU
GU

Lesson 11.8
Draw a line to break apart the shape into rectangles.
Find the area of the shape.
1. 2.
Rectangle 1: 3 5 ; Rectangle 1: 3 5 ;
Rectangle 2: 3 5 ; Rectangle 2: 3 5 ;
+ = square units + = square units
Lessons 11.9–11.10
Find the perimeter and area of each rectangle.
Use your results to answer questions 1–2.

1. Which two rectangles have the
same perimeter?
Rectangles and
2. Which two rectangles have the
same area?
>
Rectangles and
P236

12

angle A shape formed by two

rays that share an endpoint
closed shape A shape that
begins and ends at the same
Dear Family, point
During the next few weeks, our math class will polygon A closed plane shape
made up of straight line segments
be learning about plane shapes. We will learn to
quadrilateral A polygon with four
identify polygons and describe them by their sides and four angles
sides and angles.
practice with shapes.
Here is a sample of how your child will be taught to
classify quadrilaterals.
Classify Quadrilaterals

Use sides and angles to name this quadrilateral. Checking Angles
STEP 1 There are 2 right angles. The corner of a sheet of
STEP 2 There is exactly 1 pair of paper or an index card
opposite sides that are parallel. can be used to check
whether an angle in a
So, the quadrilateral is a trapezoid. polygon is right, less than
a right angle, or greater
than a right angle.
Activity
Point out everyday objects that resemble plane shapes,

such as books, photos, windows, and traffic signs. Have
your child identify the shape and describe it by its sides
and angles.
Chapter 12 P237
12

ángulo Una figura compuesta

por dos rayos que comparten un
extremo
figura cerrada Una figura que

Querida familia, comienza y termina en el mismo
punto
Durante las próximas semanas, en la clase de polígono Una figura plana cerrada
matemáticas aprenderemos sobre figuras compuesta por segmentos rectos
planas. Aprenderemos a identificar polígonos y a cuadrilátero Un polígono con cuatro

lados y cuatro ángulos
describirlos según sus lados y ángulos.
Llevaré a casa tareas para practicar con figuras.
Este es un ejemplo de cómo clasificaremos
cuadriláteros.
Clasificar cuadriláteros

Usa los lados y los ángulos para nombrar este
cuadrilátero. Comprobar ángulos
PASO 1 Hay dos ángulos rectos. Puedes usar la esquina de

una hoja o de una tarjeta
PASO 2 Hay exactamente 1 par de para comprobar si un
lados opuestos que son ángulo de un polígono es
paralelos. recto, menor que un ángulo
recto o mayor que un
Por tanto, el cuadrilátero es un trapecio. ángulo recto.
Actividad
Señalen objetos cotidianos que parezcan figuras planas,
como libros, fotografías, ventanas y señales de tráfico. Pida a
su hijo o hija que identifique la figura y que la describa según
sus lados y ángulos.
P238
Lesson 12.1
Name
COMMON CORE STANDARD CC.3.G.1
Describe Plane Shapes Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Write how many line segments the shape has.

1. 2.
4
_ line segments _ line segments
3. 4.
_ line segments _ line segments
Write whether the shape is open or closed.

5. 6.
_____ _____
7. Carl wants to show a closed 8. The shape of a fish pond at a park

shape in his drawing. Show and is shown below. Is the shape open
explain how to make the drawing or closed?
a closed shape.
Chapter 12 P239
TEST
Lesson Check (CC.3.G.1)
PREP
1. How many line segments does this 2. Which of these is part of a line,
shape have? has one endpoint, and continues
in one direction?
A ray
B line
A 2 C 4 C line segment
B 3 D 5 D point
Spiral Review (CC.3.OA.3, CC.3.OA.7, CC.3.NF.3a)
3. What multiplication sentence does 4. What is the unknown factor and

the array show? (Lesson 3.5) quotient? (Lesson 6.8)
93 5 27
27 4 9 5
A 3
B 4
A 3 3 8 5 24 C 8 3 5 5 40 C 5
B 4 3 8 5 32 D 4 3 9 5 36 D 6
5. Which fraction is equivalent 6. Mr. MacTavish has 30 students from

4
_? his class going on a field trip to the
to 8 (Lesson 9.6)
zoo. He is placing 6 students in
each group. How many groups of
students from Mr. MacTavish’s class
will be going to the zoo? (Lesson 7.6)
3
A __
1
C __
4 4 A 5 C 7
1
B __
1
D __ 6 D 36
B
2 8
P240
Lesson 12.2
Name
Describe Angles in Plane Shapes Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Use the corner of a sheet of paper to tell whether the angle is

a right angle, less than a right angle, or greater than a right angle.
1. 2. 3.
less than a
right angle
Write how many of each type of angle the shape has.
4. 5. 6.
_ right _ right _ right

_ less than a right _ less than a right _ less than a right
_ greater than _ greater than _ greater than
a right a right a right
7. Jeff has a square piece of art paper. 8. Kaylee tells Aimee that the shape
He cuts across it from one corner of a stop sign has at least one right
to the opposite corner to make angle. Aimee says that there are no
two pieces. What is the total number right angles. Who is correct? Explain.
of sides and angles in both of the
new shapes?
Chapter 12 P241
TEST
PREP
1. What describes this angle? 2. How many right angles does this
shape have?
A right angle A 1
B less than a right angle B 2
C greater than a right angle C 3
D small angle D 4
Spiral Review (CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.NF.3d, CC.3.G.1)
3. What fraction of the group is 4. Compare. (Lesson 9.2)
shaded? (Lesson 8.7) 4

__ 3
__
8 8
A .
5 1
A __ C __ B ,
6 6
1 1 C 5
B __ D __
3 8 D 4
5. Which of the following does NOT 6. How many line segments does this
describe a line segment? (Lesson 12.1) shape have? (Lesson 12.1) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A does not end

B is straight
C is part of a line A 5 C 7
D has 2 endpoints B 6 D 8
P242
Lesson 12.3
Name
Identify Polygons Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Is the shape a polygon? Write yes or no.

1. 2.
no
_ _
3. 4.
_ _
Write the number of sides and the number

of angles. Then name the polygon.
5. 6.
_ sides _ sides
_ angles _ angles
_____ _____
7. Mr. Murphy has an old coin that 8. Lin says that an octagon has six
has ten sides. If its shape is a sides. Chris says that it has eight
polygon, how many angles does sides. Whose statement is correct?
the old coin have?
_____ _____
Chapter 12 P243
TEST
PREP
1. Which is a name for this polygon? 2. How many sides does this
polygon have?
A hexagon A 4
B octagon B 5
C quadrilateral C 6
D pentagon D 7
Spiral Review (CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.G.1)
3. How many right angles does this 4. Erica has 8 necklaces. One fourth of
shape have? (Lesson 12.2) the necklaces are blue. How many
necklaces are blue? (Lesson 8.9)
A 2
B 3
A 4 C 2 C 4
B 3 D 0 D 8
5. Which of these is straight, is part 6. What describes this angle? (Lesson 12.2)
of a line, and has 2 endpoints?

(Lesson 12.1)
A line A greater than a right angle

B line segment B large angle
C point C less than a right angle
D ray D right angle
P244
Lesson 12.4
Name
Describe Sides of Polygons Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Look at the dashed sides of the polygon. Tell if they

appear to be intersecting, perpendicular, or parallel.
Write all the words that describe the sides.
1. 2. 3.
____parallel ____ ____
4. 5. 6.
____ ____ ____
7. 8. 9.
____ ____ ____

Use shapes A–D for 10–11.

10. Which shapes appear to have parallel sides?

____
11. Which shapes appear to have perpendicular

sides?

____
Chapter 12 P245
TEST
PREP
1. How many pairs of parallel sides 2. Which sides appear to be parallel?
does the quadrilateral appear
to have?

A a and c only
B b and d only
A 1 C 3 C a and b, c and d
B 2 D 4 D a and c, b and d
Spiral Review (CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.G.1)
3. Mr. Lance designed a class banner 4. How many angles greater than a
shaped like the polygon shown. right angle does this shape have?
What is the name of the polygon? (Lesson 12.2)
(Lesson 12.3)
A pentagon C hexagon A 0 C 2
B octagon D decagon B 1 D 3
5. How many line segments does this 6. Which fraction names the shaded © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
shape have? (Lesson 12.1) part? (Lesson 8.3)
1
A __
1
C __
A 6 C 8 3 6
1 5
B 7 D 9 B __ D __
4 6
P246
Lesson 12.5
Name
Classify Quadrilaterals Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Circle all the words that describe the quadrilateral.
1. 2. 3.
square square square

rectangle rectangle rectangle
rhombus rhombus rhombus
trapezoid trapezoid trapezoid
Use the quadrilaterals below for 4–6.

4. Which quadrilaterals 5. Which quadrilaterals 6. Which quadrilaterals

appear to have no appear to have 4 right appear to have 4 sides
right angles? angles? of equal length?
7. A picture on the wall in Jeremy’s 8. Sofia has a plate that has 4 sides
classroom has 4 right angles, of equal length, 2 pairs of opposite
4 sides of equal length, and 2 pairs sides that are parallel, and no right
of opposite sides that are parallel. angles. What quadrilateral best
What quadrilateral best describes describes the plate?
the picture?
Chapter 12 P247
TEST
PREP
1. Which word describes the 2. Which quadrilaterals appear to
quadrilateral? have 2 pairs of opposite sides that
are parallel?

A square A A and B
B trapezoid B A, B, and C
C rhombus C A only
D rectangle D B only
Spiral Review (CC.3.G.1)
3. Aiden drew the the polygon shown. 4. How many pairs of parallel sides
What is the name of the polygon he does this shape appear to have?
drew? (Lesson 12.3) (Lesson 12.4)
A decagon C octagon A 4 C 1
B hexagon D pentagon B 2 D 0
5. What word describes the dashed 6. How many right angles does this
sides of the shape shown? (Lesson 12.4) shape have? (Lesson 12.2)
A intersecting C perpendicular A 0 C 2
B parallel D right B 1 D 3
P248
Lesson 12.6
Name
Draw Quadrilaterals Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Draw a quadrilateral that is described.

Name the quadrilateral you drew.
1. 4 sides of equal length 2. 1 pair of opposite sides that
are parallel
square
Draw a quadrilateral that does not belong.
Then explain why.
3.
4. Layla drew a quadrilateral with 5. Victor drew a quadrilateral with no

4 right angles and 2 pairs of right angles and 4 sides of equal
opposite sides that are parallel. length. What quadrilateral could
Name the quadrilateral she could Victor have drawn?
have drawn.
Chapter 12 P249
TEST
PREP
1. Chloe drew a quadrilateral with 2. Mike drew a quadrilateral with four
2 pairs of opposite sides that are right angles. Which shape could he
parallel. Which shape could NOT have drawn?
be Chloe’s quadrilateral? A rectangle
A rectangle B hexagon
B rhombus C trapezoid
C square
D triangle
D trapezoid
Spiral Review (CC.3.MD.7, CC.3.MD.8, CC.3.G.1)
3. A quadrilateral has 4 right angles 4. Mark drew two lines that form a
and 4 sides of equal length. What is right angle. Which word describes
the name of the quadrilateral? the lines Mark drew? (Lesson 12.4)
(Lesson 12.5)
A perpendicular
A pentagon B parallel
B square C acute
C trapezoid D obtuse
D hexagon
5. Dennis drew the rectangle on grid 6. Jill drew the rectangle on grid
paper. What is the perimeter of the paper. What is the area of the
rectangle Dennis drew? (Lesson 11.2) rectangle Jill drew? (Lesson 11.5)
A 7 units A 12 square units

B 12 units B 15 square units
C 14 units C 16 square units
D 15 units D 18 square units
P250
Lesson 12.7
Name
Describe Triangles Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Use the triangles for 1–3. Write A, B, or C.

Then complete the sentences.

B
1. Triangle _ has 3 angles less than a right angle and
3 sides of equal length.
appears to have _
2. Triangle _ has 1 right angle and appears to have
_ sides of equal length.

3. Triangle _ has 1 angle greater than a right angle
and appears to have _ sides of equal length.
4. Kyle, Kathy, and Kelly each drew a
triangle. Who drew the triangle that
has 1 angle greater than a right angle
and appears to have no sides of equal

length?
______
5. Matthew drew the back of his tent. 6. Sierra made the triangular picture
How many sides appear to be of frame shown. How many angles are
equal length? greater than a right angle?
Chapter 12 P251
TEST
PREP
1. How many angles less than a right 2. How many sides of equal length
angle does this triangle have? does this triangle appear to have?
A 0 C 2 A 0 C 2
B 1 D 3 B 1 D 3
Spiral Review (CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.MD.8, CC.3.G.1 )
3. A quadrilateral has 4 right angles 4. Mason drew a quadrilateral with

and 2 pairs of opposite sides that only one pair of opposite sides that
are parallel. Which quadrilateral are parallel. Which quadrilateral did
could it be? (Lesson 12.5) Mason draw? (Lesson 12.6)
A trapezoid A square
B hexagon B rhombus
C triangle C trapezoid
D rectangle D rectangle
5. Which shape has an area of 6. What fraction of the square is

8 square units and a perimeter shaded? (Lesson 8.4)
of 12 units? (Lesson 11.10) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A C
3 3
A __ C __
B D
5 8
5 8
B __ D __
3 3
P252
PROBLEM SOLVING
Lesson 12.8
Name
HE8B;CÃEBL?D=ÃÄÃB7II?<OÃB7D;Ã>7F;I
Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Solve each problem.

1. Steve drew the shapes below. Write the
letter of each shape where it belongs in
the Venn diagram.

2. Janice drew the shapes below. Write the

the Venn diagram.

3. Beth drew the shapes below. Write the


the Venn diagram.

Chapter 12 P253
TEST
;IIEDÃ>;9A (CC.3.G.1) PREP
1. Which shape would go in the

section where the two circles

overlap?
A triangle C square
B trapezoid D hexagon
2. Which shape could NOT go in

the circle labeled All Sides of
Equal Length?
A rhombus C square
B trapezoid D triangle
F?H7BÃ;L?;M (CC.3.NF.1, CC.3.G.1)

3. How many angles greater than a 4. How many sides of equal length
right angle does this triangle does this triangle appear to have?
have? (Lesson 12.7) (Lesson 12.7)
A 0 C 2 A 0 C 2
B 1 D 3 B 1 D 3
5. Madison drew this shape. How 6. How many dots are in _12 of this
many angles less than a right angle group? (Lesson 8.7) © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
does it have? (Lesson 12.2)
A 0 C 3 A 6 C 9
B 1 D 5 B 8 D 18
P254
Lesson 12.9
Name
Relate Shapes, Fractions, and Area Reason with shapes and their attributes.
Draw lines to divide the shape into equal parts

that show the fraction given.
1. 2. 3.
1
__ 1
__ 1
__
3 8 2
Draw lines to divide the shape into parts with equal

area. Write the area of each part as a unit fraction.
4. 5. 6.
4 equal parts 6 equal parts 3 equal parts
_ _ _
7. Robert divided a hexagon into 8. Show how you might divide the
3 equal parts. Show how he might shape into 8 equal parts. What
have divided the hexagon. Write the fraction names the area of each
fraction that names each part of the part of the divided shape?
whole you divided.
Chapter 12 P255
TEST
PREP
1. What fraction names each part of 2. What fraction names the whole
the divided whole? area that was divided?
1
A __
1
C __
1
A __
8
C __
2 4 8 8
1 1 1 8
B __ D __ B __ D __
3 6 2 1
Spiral Review (CC.3.G.1)
3. Lil drew the figure below. Which 4. How many line segments does this
word does NOT describe the shape have? (Lesson 12.1)
shape? (Lesson 12.1)
A plane shape A 6
B closed shape B 5
C open shape C 4
D curved path D 3
Use the Venn diagram for 5–6. (Lesson 12.8)
5. Which shape would go in the
section where the two circles

overlap? © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
A triangle C trapezoid
B square D pentagon
6. Which shape could NOT go in the

circle labeled All Sides of Equal
Length?
A square C triangle
B rhombus D rectangle
P256
COMMON CORE STANDARDS CC.3.G.1, CC.3.G.2
Name

Lessons 12.1–12.3
Name the polygon.
1. 2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
Lesson 12.4
Look at the dashed sides of the polygon. Tell if they
appear to be intersecting, perpendicular, or parallel.
Write all the words that describe the sides.
1. 2. 3.
Lesson 12.5
Circle all the words that describe the quadrilateral.
1. 2. 3.
rhombus square trapezoid

trapezoid rhombus rectangle
rectangle trapezoid rhombus
Chapter 12 P257
Lesson 12.6
Draw a quadrilateral that does
not belong. Then explain why.
Lesson 12.7
Use the triangles for 1–2. Write A, B, or C.
Then complete the sentences.
1. Triangle _ has 1 angle greater than a

right angle and appears to have _ sides
of equal length.
2. Triangle _ has 1 right angle and appears
to have _ sides of equal length.
Lesson 12.8
1. What label could you use to describe Circle A?
2. What label could you use to describe Circle B?

Lesson 12.9
Draw lines to divide the shape into equal parts
that show the fraction given.
1
__ 1
__
1. 2.
4 3
P258
Lesson 1
Name
Numbers to Ten Thousand
Essential Question How can you represent numbers to ten thousand
in different ways?
The Thousand Bolts factory uses boxes of t $

JSDMFUIFOVNCFSZPVXJMM
1,000 bolts to fill crates of 10,000 bolts. OFFEUPDPVOUUPGJOEUIF
How many boxes of 1,000 bolts are in BOTXFS
each crate of 10,000?
Count by thousands to find the total number of boxes of

1,000 bolts that will go into each crate. Then count the boxes.
1,000 2,000
__ __ __ __ __ __ __
1 2
__ __ __
So, there are _ boxes of 1,000 bolts in

each crate of 10,000.
Suppose the factory has no crates and must use cases

of 100 to fill an order for 3,200 bolts. How many cases will it pack?
There are _ cases of 100 in 1,000.

So, there are _ cases of 100 in 3,000.
There are _ cases of 100 in 200.

Add the cases. 30 1 2 5 _.
8IBU JG UIF
So, the factory will pack 32 cases of 100. GBDUPSZ IBE CPYFT PG
BOE CBHT PG CVU OP
DBTFT PG Explain IPX
JU DPVME QBDL UIF PSEFS GPS
CPMUT
Getting Ready for Grade 4 P259

Share and Show
1. The Thousand Bolts factory has an order for
3,140 bolts. How can it pack the order using the
CPY5 CPMUT
fewest packages?
DBTF5 CPMUT
CBH5 CPMUT
2. Suppose the bolt factory has only cases and bags.

How can it pack the order for 3,140 bolts?
3. Suppose the bolt factory has only boxes and bags.

How can it pack the order for 3,140 bolts?
On Your OwnN
Complete the packing chart. Use the fewest packages
possible. When there is a zero, use the next smaller
size package.
Number of Crates Boxes Cases Bags Single Bolts

Bolts Ordered (Ten Thousands) (Thousands) (Hundreds) (Tens) (Ones)
4. 5,267 5
5. 2,709 7 0
6. 5,619
7. 8,416 0 1 6
8. 3,967 0 0
9. The Thousand Bolts factory used 9 boxes, 9 cases, and

10 bags to fill an order. How many bolts did they pack?
P260
Lesson 2
Name
Read and Write Numbers to
Ten Thousands
Essential Question What are some ways you can read and write numbers?
The ABC Block Factory receives an order t )PXNBOZCMPDLTXFSFPSEFSFE

for blocks. The base-ten blocks show the
number of blocks ordered.
5IFMPDBUJPOPGBEJHJUJO
BOVNCFSUFMMTJUTWBMVF
Each worker on the team checks the order by expressing the

number in a different way. What way does each worker use?
Read and write numbers.
8PSEGPSNJTBXBZUPXSJUFBOVNCFSVTJOHXPSET
4BNHFUTUIFPSEFSBOESFBETUIFOVNCFSUP.BSZUXP
UIPVTBOE GJWFIVOESFEUIJSUFFO
&YQBOEFEGPSNJTBXBZUPXSJUFBOVNCFSCZTIPXJOHUIF
WBMVFPGFBDIEJHJU
.BSZVTFTUIFWBMVFPGFBDIEJHJUUPSFDPSEUIFOVNCFSPG
CMPDLTUIBUXJMMCFJOFBDIUZQFPGQBDLBHF
2,000 1 500 1 10 1 3
4UBOEBSEGPSNJTBXBZUPXSJUFBOVNCFSVTJOHUIFEJHJUT
UP XJUIFBDIEJHJUIBWJOHBQMBDFWBMVF
8IFOUIFPSEFSJTDPNQMFUF ,ZMFXSJUFTUIFUPUBMOVNCFSPG
CMPDLTPOUIFQBDLJOHTMJQ
So, Sam says the number using ___

ExplainIPX
form, Mary uses ___ form, UPGJOEUIFWBMVFPGUIF
VOEFSMJOFEEJHJUJO7,521.
and Kyle uses ___ form.

Share and Show
1. Write the number shown in expanded form.
TEN THOUSANDS THOUSANDS HUNDREDS TENS ONES
7, 5 9 8
1 500 1 90 1
Write the number in standard form.

2. 4,000 1 600 1 70 1 4
3. eight thousand, two hundred sixty-one
Write the value of the underlined digit two ways.
4. 6,920 5. 8 ,063
On Your OwnN
6. 5,000 1 600 1 90 1 7
7. two thousand, three hundred fifty-nine
8. one thousand, three hundred two

9. 6,818 10. 9,342
11. Rename 3,290 as hundreds 12. Rename 2,934 as tens and ones.
and tens. © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
hundreds tens tens ones
13. The number of children who attended the fair

on opening day is 351 more than the value of
4 thousands. How many children attended
the fair on opening day?
P262
Lesson 3
Name
Relative Size on a Number Line
Essential Question How can you locate and name a point on a number line?
Wilfren has 40 pennies, Ella has 400 t $

JSDMFUIFBNPVOUTZPVOFFE
pennies, and Matt has 4,000 pennies. How UPDPNQBSF
do their amounts of pennies compare?
Compare the relative sizes of the amounts of pennies.

Think:UFOTJT

Think: IVOESFETJT

Think:UIPVTBOETJT
So, Ella has _ times as many pennies as
Wilfren, and Matt has _ times as many
pennies as Ella.
Try This! Find the number represented by the point.

Start at 0. Skip count by 1,000s until you reach point A.

ExplainIPXUP
There are _ jumps of 1,000. So, point A represents MPDBUFBOEESBXUIFQPJOU
POBOVNCFSMJOF
__.
Share and Show
Find the number that point B represents on the number line.
1.

On Your OwnN
Find the number represented by the point.
2.

3.

Use the number line for 4–5.

Nestor and Elliot are playing a number line game.

4. Nestor’s score is shown by point N on the

number line. What is his score?
5. Elliot’s score is 8,000. Is Elliot’s score located to the

right or to the left of Nestor’s score? Explain.
P264
Lesson 4
Name
Compare 3- and 4-Digit Numbers
Essential Question What are some ways you can compare numbers?
t 8
IBUEPZPVOFFE
Cody collected 2,365 pennies. Jasmine collected UPGJOE
1,876 pennies. Who collected more pennies?
You can compare numbers in different ways to
find which number is greater.
One Way Use base-ten blocks.

Compare the values of the blocks in each place-value position
from left to right. Keep comparing the blocks until the values
are different.

2 thousands is greater than 1 thousand. So, 2,365 1,876.
So, Cody collected more pennies.
Another Way Use place value. 3FBE,BTis less than

3FBE.BTis greater than
Compare 7,376 and 7,513.
3FBE5BTis equal to
Compare digits in the same place-value position
from left to right.
THOUSANDS HUNDREDS TENS ONES

7, 3 7 6
7, 5 1 3
STEP 1:$PNQBSFUIFUIPVTBOET5IFEJHJUTBSFUIFTBNF
STEP 2:$PNQBSFUIFIVOESFET 5 ExplainIPX

ZPVLOPXUIBUJT
So, 7,376 7,513. MFTTUIBO

Share and Show
1. Compare 2,351 and 3,018. Which number has more
thousands? Which number is greater?
Compare the numbers. Write ,, ., or 5 in the .

2. 835 853 3. 7,891 7,891
4. 809 890 5. 3,834 3,483
On Your OwnN
6. 219 2,119 7. 2,517 2,715

8. 5,154 5,154 9. 5,107 5,105
10. 1,837 837 11. 9,832 9,328
12. Nina has a dictionary with 1,680 pages. Trey has

a dictionary with 1,490 pages. Use ,, ., or 5 to
compare the number of pages in the dictionaries.
13. The odometer in Ed’s car shows it has been driven

8,946 miles. The odometer in Beth’s car shows

it has been driven 5,042 miles. Which car has been
driven more miles?
14. Avery said that she is 3,652 days old. Tamika

said that she is 3,377 days old. Who is younger?
P266
Name

Concepts and Skills

Complete the packing chart. Use the fewest packages
possible. When there is a zero, use the next smaller
size package. (pp. P259–P260)
Number of Bolts Crates Boxes Cases Bags Single Bolts
Ordered (Ten Thousands) (Thousands) (Hundreds) (Tens) (Ones)
1. 5,267 5
2. 2,709 7 0
Find the number that point A represents on the

number line. (pp. P263–P264)
3.

Compare the numbers. Write ,, ., or 5 in the . (pp. P265–P266)
4. 4,310 4,023 5. 5,136 5,136

6. 732 6,532 7. 9,436 4,963
(pp. P261–P262, P265–P266)
8. The number of people who attended 9. There are 1,290 photos on

the Spring Festival is 799 more than Nadia’s memory card. There are
8 thousands. How many people 1,450 photos on Trevor’s memory
attended the festival? card. Use ,, ., or 5 to compare
the number of photos on the
memory cards.
______ ______

Fill in the bubble for the correct answer choice.
TEST
10. A marble factory ships marbles using bags of 10, PREP
cases of 100, cartons of 1,000, and boxes of 10,000.
The factory has an order for 3,570 marbles. How can
they pack the order if the factory is out of cartons?
(pp. P259–P260)
A 350 cases, 7 bags

B 35 cases, 7 bags
C 35 cases, 57 bags
D 3 cases, 75 bags
11. The number of fans who attend the baseball game
on opening day is 283 more than 4 thousands.
How many fans are attending the baseball game on
opening day? (pp. P261–P262)
A 283
B 4,000
C 4,283
D 4,823
Use the number line for 12–13.

12. Kam scored 6,000 points in a game. Which letter

on the number line names the point that represents
Kam’s score? (pp. P263–P264)
A F C H © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
B G D I
13. Taissa scored 9,000 points in a game. Which letter

on the number line names the point that represents
Taissa’s score? (pp. P263–P264)
A F C H
B G D I
P268
Lesson 5
Name
Essential Question What strategies can you use to multiply with 11 and 12?
It takes Bobby 11 minutes to walk to school

t 8
IBUBSFUIFHSPVQTJOUIJT
each morning. How many minutes will QSPCMFN
Bobby spend walking to school in 5 days?
Multiply. 5 3 11 5
One Way Break apart Another Way Find a pattern.

an array.
Look at the list. 1 3 11 5 11
Make 5 rows of 11. 2 3 11 5 22
Use the 10s facts Notice the product has
3 3 11 5 33
and the 1s facts the same factor in the
4 3 11 5 44
to multiply with 11. tens and ones places.
To find 5 3 11, write 5 3 11 5
5 3 (10 1 1) 6 3 11 5 66
the first factor in the
7 3 11 5 77
5 3 10 5 5315 tens and ones places.
8 3 11 5 88
5 3 11 5 1 5 3 11 5 55 9 3 11 5 99
5 3 11 5
So, Bobby will spend minutes walking to school.
Try This! 12 minutes to walk to school?

What if it took Bobby
How many minutes will he spend walking to school in 5 days?
Break apart the factor 12. Double a 6s fact.

5 3 (10 1 2) Find the 6s product. 5 3 6 5 30
5 3 10 5 50 5 3 2 5 10
Double that product. 1 5
5 3 12 5 1 5
So, 5 3 12 5 . Bobby will spend minutes walking to school.

Share and Show
1. How can you use the 10s facts and the
2s facts to find 4 3 12?
Find the product.

2. 9 3 11 5 _ 3. 7 3 12 5 _ 4. _ 5 4 3 11
On Your OwnN
Find the product.
5. _ 5 11 3 6 6. _ 5 12 3 2 7. 0 3 11 5 _
8. _ 5 6 3 12 9. 8 3 12 5 _ 10. 7 3 11 5 _
11. 12 3 9 5 _ 12. 3 3 12 5 _ 13. 1 3 12 5 _
Miles from Home to School
Use the graph for 14–15. Matt

Student
14. The graph shows the number of Carlos

miles some students travel to school
Mandy
each day. How many miles will
Carlos travel to school in 5 days? 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14

Number of Miles
15. Suppose that Mandy takes 9 trips to school, and Matt takes
11 trips to school. Who travels more miles? Explain.
P270
Lesson 6
Name
Divide with 11 and 12
Essential Question What strategies can you use to divide with 11 and 12?
Tara collects 60 postcards. She arranges t %

PZPVOFFEUPGJOEUIF
them in 12 equal stacks. How many OVNCFSPGHSPVQTPSUIF
postcards are in each stack? OVNCFSJOFBDIHSPVQ
Divide. 60 4 12 5 n
One Way Use a multiplication table.

Since division is the inverse of
multiplication, you can use a ¨

multiplication table to find a quotient.

Think of a related multiplication fact.

12 3 n 5 60

t 'JOEUIFSPXGPSUIFGBDUPS

t -PPLBDSPTTUPGJOEUIFQSPEVDU
t -PPLVQUPGJOEUIFVOLOPXOGBDUPS
t 5IFVOLOPXOGBDUPSJT

Since 12 3 5 5 60, then

60 4 12 5 _.

Another Way Use repeated subtraction.

t 4UBSUXJUI
48
t 4VCUSBDUVOUJMZPVSFBDI 2 2 2 2

_ _ _ _ 2 _
t $PVOUUIFOVNCFSPGUJNFTZPVTVCUSBDU 48
You subtracted 12 five times.
60 4 12 5 _ 8IBUPUIFS
TUSBUFHJFTDBOZPVVTF
So, there are 5 postcards in each stack. UPEJWJEF

Share and Show
1. Use the multiplication table on page P271 to find 99 4 11.
Think: What is a related multiplication fact?

2. 11 3 5 66 66 4 11 5 3. 2 3 5 24 24 4 2 5
5_ 5_ 5_ 5_
4. 3 3 5 33 33 4 3 5 5. 12 3 5 72 72 4 12 5
5_ 5_ 5_ 5_
On Your OwnN
6. 11 3 5 55 55 4 11 5 7. 12 3 5 48 48 4 12 5
5_ 5_ 5_ 5_
8. 8 3 5 96 96 4 8 5 9. 8 3 5 88 88 4 8 5
5_ 5_ 5_ 5_
Find the quotient.
10. 11 4 11 5 _ 11. 77 4 7 5 _ 12. _ 5 60 4 12
13. _ 5 22 4 11 14. 108 4 9 5 _ 15. 84 4 12 5 _
16. 36 4 3 5 _ 17. _ 5 96 4 12 18. 12 4 12 5 _
Compare. Write ,, ., or 5 for each .

19. 96 4 8 96 4 12 20. 77 4 11 84 4 12 21. 99 4 11 84 4 7
22. Justin printed 44 posters to advertise the garage sale. He gave

11 friends the same number of posters to display around the
neighborhood. How many posters did Justin give each friend?
P272
ALGEBRA
Lesson 7
Name
Multiplication and Division Relationships
Essential Question How can you write related multiplication and division equations
for 2-digit factors?
Multiplication and division are inverse operations.
Megan has a rose garden with the

t 8IBUEPZPVOFFEUPGJOE
same number of bushes planted in each of
4 rows. There are 48 bushes in the garden.
How many bushes are in each row
of Megan’s garden?
One Way Another Way

.BLFBOBSSBZ 8SJUFSFMBUFEFRVBUJPOT
48 4 4 5 n 48 4 4 5 n
$PVOUUJMFT.BLFSPXTCZ Think:UJNFTXIBUOVNCFS
QMBDJOHUJMFJOFBDISPX FRVBMT
$POUJOVFQMBDJOHUJMFJOFBDIPG 4 3 _ 5 48
UIFSPXTVOUJMBMMUIFUJMFTBSFVTFE
:PVDBODIFDLZPVSBOTXFSVTJOH
%SBX UIFBSSBZZPVNBEF SFQFBUFEBEEJUJPO
_1_1_1_5_
8SJUFSFMBUFEFRVBUJPOT
_ 3 _ 5 48
5IFSFBSF_UJMFTJOFBDISPX 48 4 _ 5 _
_4_5_
So, there are _ bushes in each row )PXDBOZPV
UFMMJGUXPFRVBUJPOT
of Megan’s garden. BSFSFMBUFE

Share and Show
1. Complete the related equations for this array.
3 3 11 5 33 33 4 3 5 11
Complete the related multiplication and

division equations.
2. 1 3 11 5 _ 3. 5 3 _ 5 60 4. _ 3 11 5 77
_ 3 1 5 11 12 3 5 5 _ _ 3 7 5 77
11 4 1 5 _ _ 4 5 5 12 77 4 _ 5 11
_ 4 11 5 1 60 4 _ 5 5 _ 4 11 5 7
On Your OwnN
Complete the related multiplication and
division equations.
5. _ 3 12 5 84 6. 6 3 _ 5 66 7. 12 3 8 5 _
_ 3 7 5 84 11 3 _ 5 66 8 3 _ 5 96
_ 4 7 5 12 66 4 6 5 _ 96 4 _ 5 8
84 4 _ 5 7 66 4 11 5 _ 96 4 8 5 _
8. Megan cut 108 roses to make 9. Megan put 22 roses in a vase.

flower arrangements. She made She cut the same number of roses
9 equal arrangements. How many from each of 11 different bushes.
roses were in each arrangement? How many roses did she cut from
each bush?
P274
Lesson 8
Name
Use Multiplication Patterns
Essential Question How can you multiply with 10, 100, and 1,000?
Mrs. Goldman ordered 4 boxes of t $

JSDMFUIFOVNCFSTZPVOFFE
yo-yos for her toy store. Each box had UPVTF
100 yo-yos. How many yo-yos did t 8
IBUPQFSBUJPODBOZPVVTF
Mrs. Goldman order? UPGJOEUIFUPUBMXIFOZPV
IBWFFRVBMHSPVQT
Use a basic fact and a pattern to multiply.
Factors Products
431 5 4 Think: Use the basic fact 4 3 1 5 4.
Look for a pattern of zeros.
4 3 10 5 40
4 3 100 5 400
"TUIFOVNCFSPG[FSPT
So, Mrs. Goldman ordered 400 yo-yos. JOBGBDUPSJODSFBTFT
UIFOVNCFSPG[FSPTJO
UIFQSPEVDUJODSFBTFT
Try This! Use a basic fact and a pattern to find
the products.
A. 13353 B. 531 55
10 3 3 5 5 3 10 5 50
5 3 100 5
5 3 1,000 5
8IFONVMUJQMZJOH
9 3 IPXNBOZ[FSPT
XJMMCFJOUIFQSPEVDU
Explain

Share and Show
1. Explain how to use a basic fact and a pattern
to find 6 3 100.
Use a basic fact and a pattern to find the products.

2. 7 3 10 5 3. 10 3 5 5 4. 3 3 10 5
7 3 100 5 100 3 5 5 3 3 100 5

7 3 1,000 5 1,000 3 5 5 3 3 1,000 5
On Your OwnN
5. 2 3 10 5 6. 10 3 8 5 7. 9 3 10 5
2 3 100 5 100 3 8 5 9 3 100 5

2 3 1,000 5 1,000 3 8 5 9 3 1,000 5
Find the product.
8. 10 3 8 5 9. 6 3 100 5 10. 5 4 3 100
11. 1,000 3 4 5 12. 5 1,000 3 3 13. 9 3 100 5
Yo-Yo Collections
Name Number of Yo-Yos © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
Use the picture graph.

14. Patty has 20 fewer yo-yos in her collection Max
than Chuck. Draw yo-yos in the picture graph.
to show the number of yo-yos in Patty’s Chuck
collection. Explain your answer.

Patty
Key: Each 5 10 Yo-Yos.
P276
Lesson 9
Name
Use Models to Multiply
Tens and Ones
Essential Question How can you use base-ten blocks and area models to model
multiplication with a 2-digit factor?
Three groups of 14 students toured the t 8IBUEPZPVOFFEUPGJOE

state capitol in Columbus, Ohio. How
many students toured the capitol in all?
Multiply. 3 3 14 5 O
t $
to use.
One Way Another Way

STEP 1 STEP 1
Model 3 3XJUICBTFUFOCMPDLT Model 3 3 14 with an area model.
3 rows of 10 3 rows of 4
3 rows of 10 3 rows of 4
STEP 2 STEP 2
Multiply the tens. Multiply the ones.
Multiply the tens and ones.
Record each product.
3 3 10 5 _ 3345_
STEP 3
Add the products.

30 1 12 5 42
3 3 14 5 42
3 3 10 5 _ 3345_
STEP 3
Add the products.

30 1 12 5 42
3 3 14 5 42 How are the two
ways to find a product alike?
So, 42 students toured the capitol.

Share and Show
1. One way to model 18 is 1 ten 8 ones.
How can knowing this help you
find 4 3 18?
Find the product. Show your multiplication and addition.

2. 3. 4.
3 3 16 5 n 5 3 13 5 n 6 3 14 5 n
On Your OwnN
5. 6. 7.
4 3 13 5 n 5 3 15 5 n 3 3 17 5 n
8. Randy rakes yards for $5 an hour. How much

money does he earn if he works for 12 hours?
P278
Lesson 10
Name
Model Division with Remainders
Essential Question How can you use counters to model division
with remainders?
Madison has 13 seeds. She wants to put the t )

PXEPZPVLOPXIPXNBOZ
same number of seeds in each of 3 pots. HSPVQTUPNBLF
How many seeds can Madison put into each
pot? How many seeds are left over?
Activity Materials O counters

Use counters to find 13 4 3.
STEP 1 Use 13 counters. Draw 3 circles for STEP 2 Place one counter in each group until
the 3 pots. there are not enough to put 1 more in
each of the groups.
There are _ counters in each circle.
There is _ counter left over.
13 4 3 is 4 with 1 left over.

The quotient is 4.
The remainder is 1.
So, Madison can put 4 seeds in each pot.

There is 1 seed left over.
After dividing a group of objects into equal groups Explain why you
cannot have a remainder
as large as possible, there may be some left over. of 3 when you divide by 3.
The amount left over is called the remainder.
Try This! What if Madison wants to put 4 seeds

in each pot. How many pots will Madison need?
How many seeds will be left over?
_________

Share and Show
1. Divide 13 counters into 2 equal groups.
There are _ counters in each group,

and _ counter left over.
Complete.
2. April divided 17 counters into 3. Divide 20 counters into groups of 6.
4 equal groups.
There were _ counters in each There are _ groups and _
counters left over.
group and _ counter left over.
On Your OwnN
Complete.
4. Divide 14 pencils into 3 equal 5. Divide 60 pieces of chalk into
groups. groups of 8.
There are _ pencils in each There are _ groups and _
pieces of chalk left over.
group and _ pencils left over.
Find the total number of objects.

6. There are 2 shoes in each of 7. There are 4 apples in each of
6 groups and 1 shoe left over. 3 groups and 2 apples left over.
There are _ shoes in all. There are _ apples in all.
Leaf Collection
14
Use the bar graph for 8. 12
Number of Leaves
10
8. If Hector divides the oak leaves evenly into
8
4 display boxes, how many leaves will be in 6
each box? How many leaves will be left over? 4
2
0
Elm Maple Oak
Leaf
P280
Lesson 11
Name
Use Models to Divide
Tens and Ones
Essential Question How can you model division with a 2-digit quotient?
Emma baked 52 muffins. She wants to put t $

an equal number of muffins on each of to use.
4 trays. How many muffins can she put on t )
PXNBOZFRVBMHSPVQTBSF
each tray? there?
Find 52 4 4.
STEP 1
Use base-ten blocks to model

the problem. Draw 4 rectangles
to represent the 4 equal groups.
STEP 2
Share the tens. Place 1 ten in

each group until there are not
enough tens to put 1 more ten
in each group.
STEP 3
Regroup the remaining ten

as ones. There are now 12 ones.
STEP 4
Share the ones. Place 1 one in

each group until there are not
enough ones to put 1 more one
in each group.
So, Emma can put _ muffins on each tray. )PXDBOZPV

DIFDLZPVSBOTXFS

Share and Show
1. Find 42 4 2. sä(OWäMANYäEQUALäGROUPSäAREäTHEREä_
sä(OWäMANYäTENSäGOäINäEACHäGROUPä_
sä(OWäMANYäONESäGOäINäEACHäGROUPä_
sä4HEäQUOTIENTäISä_.
Use base-ten blocks and your MathBoard to divide.
2. 65 4 5 5 _ 3. 90 4 3 5 _ 4. 88 4 4 5 _
On Your OwnN
5. 72 4 2 5 _ 6. 69 4 3 5 _ 7. 96 4 6 5 _
8. Roger has 84 trading cards. He 9. Riley has 78 postcards. She wants

wants to put an equal number in to put 6 on each poster board. How

each of 3 boxes. How many cards many poster boards will she need?
will he put into each box?
P282
Name

Concepts and Skills

Find the product. (pp. P269–P270)
1. _ 5 11 3 5 2. 12 3 7 5 _
Find the unknown factor and quotient. (pp. P271–P272)
3. 43 5 44 44 4 4 5
5_ 5_
4. Write the related multiplication and division equations
for the numbers 5, 12, 60. (pp. P273–P274)
__ __ __ __
Use a basic fact and a pattern to find the products. (pp. P275–P276)
5. 3 3 10 5 __ 6. 10 3 7 5 __
3 3 100 5 __ 100 3 7 5 __
3 3 1,000 5 __ 1,000 3 7 5 __
Find the product. Show your multiplication and division. (pp. P277–P278)
7. 3 3 10 5 _ 3345_
_1_5_
3 3 14 5
3 3 14 5 _
Use base-ten blocks and your MathBoard to divide. (pp. P281–P282)
8. 132 4 6 5 _ 9. 160 4 8 5 _
10. Jerry printed 48 photos. He gave 11. Tina divides 17 crayons into 3 equal
4 friends the same number of groups. How many crayons will be
photos. How many photos did each in each group? How many crayons
friend receive? (pp. P271–P272) will be left over? (pp. P279–P280)
______ ______
12. Marita cuts 72 daisies to make bouquets. She makes
TEST
6 equal bouquets. How many daisies are in each PREP
bouquet? (pp. P273–P274)
A 6 C 8
B 7 D 12
$5 an hour to babysit. How much
13. Christine charges
money does she earn in 16 hours? (pp. P277–P278)
A $21 C $64
B $50 D $80
14. Use the bar graph. Hector divides the carrot seeds
evenly in 4 garden plots. How many carrot seeds
will be left over? (pp. P279–P280)
Vegetable Seeds
Corn
Vegetable
Peas
Carrots
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Number of Seeds
A 5
B 4
C 3
D 2 © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
39 model cars. He wants to display an

15. Roberto has
equal number of model cars on each of 3 shelves.
How many model cars will he put on each shelf?
(pp. P281–P282)
A 2
B 9
C 13
D 39
P284
Lesson 12
Name
Model Tenths and Hundredths
Essential Question How can you model and write fractions in tenths
and hundredths?
You can use models to represent fractions

t 8IBUEPZPVOFFEUPGJOEUP
in tenths and hundredths. write the fraction?
A
STEP 1 STEP 2
This model has 10 equal parts. Write the fraction.
Each part is one tenth. Think: Three tenths are shaded.
Shade three parts out of ten
equal parts. _
B
STEP 1 STEP 2
This model has 100 equal parts. Write the fraction.

Each part is one hundredth. Think: Eight hundredths are shaded.
Shade eight of one hundred
equal parts. _
Try This!
Shade the model to show nine of the Shade the model to show sixty-five of
ten equal parts. the hundred equal parts.
Which number
in a fraction represents
the number of parts

being counted, and which
represents the number of
equal parts in the whole?
Read: ____ Read: ____
Write: _ Write: _

Share and Show
Write the fraction that names the shaded part.
1. 2. 3.
Think: )PXNBOZ
equal parts are
shaded?
__ __ __
Shade to model the fraction. Then write the fraction in numbers.

4. three tenths 5. twenty-three hundredths
__ __
On Your OwnN
6. 7. 8. 9.
10. Each player shot a basketball 10 11. Nina asked 100 students if
times. Eric made 4 baskets. Write they have a pet. Of the students,
a fraction to represent the part of ___
19
100 have a cat. How many students
Eric’s shots that were baskets. have a cat?
P286
Lesson 13
Name
Fractions Greater Than One
Essential Question When might you use a fraction greater than 1 or a
mixed number?
1
Troy uses __
4
of a box of clay to make one t )
PXNVDIDMBZEPFT5SPZVTF
model of a car. How many boxes of clay UPNBLFFBDINPEFMDBS
does he use to make 5 model cars?
t )
PXNBOZNPEFMDBSTEPFT
5SPZNBLF
Make a model.
4
t %SBXTRVBSFTEJWJEFEJOUPGPVSUITUPTIPXUIF Think: __
4
51
14 GPSUIFBNPVOUPGDMBZ
CPYFTPGDMBZ4IBEF__
5SPZVTFTGPSFBDIPGUIFNPEFMDBST 0OFXIPMFBOE
POFGPVSUIBSF
t $PVOUUIFOVNCFSPGTIBEFEQBSUT5IFSFBSF
TIBEFE
_ TIBEFEQBSUT
Write: 11
__
t 8SJUFUIFGSBDUJPO 4
TIBEFEQBSUT
____
QBSUTJOUIFXIPMF
5
The number __4
is a fraction greater than 1.
A fraction greater than 1 can be written as
1 BTone
Read 1__
a mixed number. A mixed number has a 4
and one fourth
whole number and a fraction.
5 1 boxes of clay to make 5 model cars.

So, Troy uses __
4
or 1__
4
5
Why are __
4
and
1 equal?
1__
4

Share and Show
1. Each fraction circle is 1 whole. Write a mixed
number for the parts that are shaded.
There are _ parts shaded.
There are _ equal parts in the whole.
shaded parts
Fraction: ____
parts in a whole
There is _ whole shaded and _ thirds shaded.
The mixed number is _ .
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a mixed number for

the parts that are shaded.
2. 3.
On Your OwnN
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a mixed number for
the parts that are shaded.
4. 5.
6 7
6. Luis played __ games of soccer this 7. Marci used __ packages of juice
4 3
season. How can you write the drinks. How can you write the
number of games Luis played as a number of packages of juice drinks
mixed number? Marci used as a mixed number?
P288
Lesson 14
Name
Equivalent Fractions
Essential Question How can you use models to find equivalent
fractions?
Bart brought an apple pie to the picnic. He cut the pie

into 6 equal pieces and 3 pieces were eaten.
sä ä7HATäFRACTIONäNAMESäTHEäAMOUNTäOFäTHEäPIEäTHATä
was eaten? _
sä ä7HATäFRACTIONäNAMESäTHEäAMOUNTäOFäTHEäPIEäTHATä
WASäLEFTäOVERä_
"ARTäDIVIDEDäEACHäOFäTHEäLEFTOVERäPIECESäINTOä2 equal
pieces. Draw a dashed line on each piece to show how
"ARTäDIVIDEDäITä
!FTERäYOUäDIVIDEäEACHäSIXTH SIZEäPIECEäINTOä2 equal pieces,
there will be 12 pieces in the whole pie. The pieces are
CALLEDäTWELFTHSä
sä ä7HATäFRACTIONäNAMESäTHEäTOTALäNUMBERäOFäPIECESä
ä "ARTäHASäLEFTä_
How do the size
of the parts compare in the
____ and ____äAREäEQUIVALENTäSINCEäTHEYäBOTHäNAMEäTHEä equivalent fractions? How
6 12 do the number of parts
compare?
SAMEäAMOUNTäOFäTHEäPIEä

Share and Show
Use models to find the equivalent fraction.
1
1. __ 5 ____
2 4
ä ä ä4HISäMODELäSHOWSäAäWHOLEäDIVIDEDäINTOä2 equal parts.
3HADEäTHEäMODELäTOäSHOWäTHEäFRACTIONää1
__.
2
ä ä ä4HISäMODELäSHOWSäAäWHOLEäDIVIDEDäINTOä4 equal parts.

3HADEäTHEäMODELäTOäSHOWäAäFRACTIONäEQUIVALENTäTOää1
__.
2
So, ____ 5 ____.

2 4
On Your OwnN
1 5 ____
2. __ 9 5 ____
3. ___
2 6 12 4
4. !äLOAFäOFäBREADäHASä12äSLICESä-ICKYä 5. Sandra used 1_4 äOFäAäMETERäOFäSTRINGä

ate 1_4 äOFäTHEäLOAFä7RITEäTHEäFRACTIONäOFä TOäMAKEäAäBRACELETä7RITEäTHEäFRACTIONä
THEäLOAFä-ICKYäATEäINäTWELFTHS OFäAäMETERäOFäSTRINGä3ANDRAäUSEDä
in eighths.
P290
Lesson 15
Name
Equivalent Fractions on a Multiplication Table
Essential Question How can you generate equivalent fractions using a multiplication table?
CONNECT You can use a model to show the Think: The same amount is shaded
equivalent fractions 1_2 , 2_4 , and 3_6 . in the models; the second model and
third model have more parts shaded.

55
You can use a multiplication table for t *OBNVMUJQMJDBUJPOUBCMF IPX

other equivalent fractions for 1_2 . BSFB QSPEVDUBOEUIFQSPEVDU
CFMPXJUSFMBUFE
Activity What are some equivalent
fractions for _1 ?
2
Materials O multiplication table

t 4 IBEFUIFSPXGPSUIFOVNFSBUPSPGUIFGSBDUJPO12_ .
5IFOVNFSBUPSJT

t 4IBEFUIFSPXGPSUIFEFOPNJOBUPSPGUIFGSBDUJPO_12 .

5IFEFOPNJOBUPSJT

t -PPLBDSPTTUIFSPXTGPSOVNFSBUPSBOE
EFOPNJOBUPS

8SJUFUIFQSPEVDUTXJUIUIFOVNFSBUPSBTBGBDUPS5IFOXSJUFUIFQSPEVDUT
XJUIUIFEFOPNJOBUPSBTBGBDUPS5IFGJSTUUISFFBSFEPOFGPSZPV
numerator 152
__ __ 5 3 6
__5 ___ 5 ___
8IZJTUIFBSSBOHFNFOU
PGGBDUPSTBOEQSPEVDUTJOB
denominator 2 4 6 8 NVMUJQMJDBUJPOUBCMFIFMQGVMJO
GJOEJOHFRVJWBMFOUGSBDUJPOT
t 8
IBUEPZPVOPUJDFBCPVUUIFQSPEVDUTGSPNUIFDPMVNO
GPSUPUIFDPMVNOGPS
5IFOVNFSBUPSBOEEFOPNJOBUPSCPUIJODSFBTFCZBGBDUPSPG_.
5PGJOEBOFRVJWBMFOU
t 8IBUEPZPVOPUJDFBCPVUUIFQSPEVDUTGSPNUIFDPMVNO GSBDUJPO ZPVDBO
GPSUPUIFDPMVNOGPS NVMUJQMZCPUIUIF
OVNFSBUPSBOE
5IFOVNFSBUPSBOEEFOPNJOBUPSCPUIJODSFBTFCZBGBDUPSPG_. EFOPNJOBUPSCZUIF
t 8IBUEPZPVOPUJDFBCPVUUIFQSPEVDUTGSPNUIFDPMVNO TBNFOVNCFS
GPSUPUIFDPMVNOGPS
5IFOVNFSBUPSBOEEFOPNJOBUPSCPUIJODSFBTFCZBGBDUPSPG_.
So, _24 , 3_6 , _48 , and __

6 1
_
12 are some equivalent fractions for 2 .

Share and Show
Use a multiplication table to find equivalent fractions.
1. Write 3 equivalent fractions for 1_3 .

ä ä sää3HADEäTHEäROWäFORäTHEäNUMERATORäof the

1
_.
fraction 3 The numerator is _.

ä ä sää3HADEäTHEäROWäFORäTHEäDENOMINATORäof the
fraction _13 . The denominator is _.
ä ä sää,OOKäACROSSäTHEäROWSäFORäNUMERATORä1 and denominator 3.
Write the products with the numerator 1 as a factor. Then write
the products with the denominator 3 as a factor.
numerator 1
__ 5 ___ 5 ___ 5 ___ .
denominator 3 6
1 5 ____ 5 ____ 5 ____

So, __
3
List 3 equivalent fractions.
2. 1
__ 3. 1
__
6 4
On Your OwnN
Use a multiplication table to find three equivalent fractions.
4. 2
__ 3
5. ___
5 10
6. On Jan’s soccer team, 1_5 of the 7. Chen used 3_4 of a carton of milk.
players are on the field. What are What are three equivalent fractions
three equivalent fractions that name that name the part of the carton of
the part of the team on the field? milk that Chen used?
P292
Name

Concepts and Skills

Write the fraction that names the shaded part. (pp. P285–P286)
1. 2.
______ ______
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a mixed number for the
parts that are shaded. (pp. P287–P288)
3.
______
Use models to find the equivalent fraction. (pp. P289–P290)
1
4. __ 5 ____
5
5. __ 5 ____
4 12 6 12
Use a multiplication table to find three equivalent fractions. (pp. P291–P292)
3
6. __
4
7. ___
4 10
______ ______
8. Three friends shared 4 pies equally. 9. Bill bought a large submarine

Each person got _4 pies. How can
3
sandwich and cut it into 8 equal
you write how much pie each pieces. He ate 1_4 of the sandwich.
person got as a mixed number? How can you write how much of
the sandwich Bill ate as eighths?
______ ______

10. Each player hit a baseball 10 times. Linda batted
TEST
8 balls to the outfield. Write a fraction to show what PREP
part of 10 hits Linda batted to the outfield. (pp. P285–P286)
A 18
___
18
B
10
___
8
C 9
___
10
D 8
___
10
11. Vilma used 8_3 packages of graham crackers to

make piecrusts. How can you write the packages of
crackers Vilma used as a mixed number? (pp. P287–P288)
A 21
__ C 22
__
8 3
B 21
__ D 31
__
3 3
12. Sam used 10 __ of a meter of ribbon to decorate a

12
picture frame. What fraction of a meter of ribbon, in
sixths, did Sam use? (pp. P289–P290)
2
A ___
12
B
5
__
6
C 6
___
12
D 12
___
10
13. Leona used 3_8 of a bottle of juice. Which is an

equivalent fraction that names the part of the bottle of
juice that Leona used? (pp. P291–P292)
6
A ___ 3
C __
16 4
B
5
__ D 8
__
8 3
P294
Lesson 16
Name
Same Size, Same Shape
Essential Question How can you identify shapes that have the same size
and are shaped the same?
You can tell if two shapes have the same size t 8IBUQBSUTPGUIF TIBQFTEP
and are shaped the same by comparing the ZPVOFFEUPDPNQBSF
matching parts of the shapes.
Activity Compare size and shape.

Materials O grid paper O scissors O ruler
STEP 1 Trace Shape A on grid paper. Cut out Shape A.

STEP 2 Move Shape A in any way to compare STEP 3 Move Shape A in any way to compare
it to Shape B. it to Shape C.
t %PUIFTIBQFTNBUDIFYBDUMZ __ t %PUIFTIBQFTNBUDIFYBDUMZ __
Shape A and Shape B __UIFTBNF Shape A and Shape C __TIBQFEUIF

TBNF
TJ[FBOE__TIBQFEUIFTBNF
Try This!
Since all the angles in Shapes A and B are the same, Explain how the
you can compare shapes by their matching sides. TJ[FBOETIBQFPG4IBQFA

DPNQBSFTUPUIFTJ[FBOE
The length of the shorter side of Shape A is __ units. TIBQFPG4IBQFC.
The length of the shorter side of Shape B is __ units.
The length of the longer side of Shape A is __ units.
The length of the longer side of Shape B is __ units.

So, Shape A and Shape B have the __ size and are
shaped the __.
Share and Show
1. Which shape appears to have the same
size and the same shape as Shape A?
Think: If I trace Shape A and move it,
which shape might it match exactly?

On Your OwnN
Look at the first shape. Tell if it appears to have the same
size and shape as the second shape. Write yes or no.
2. 3.
4. 5.
6. Kyra says that these shapes have the same

size and same shape. Is she correct? Explain.
P296
ALGEBRA
Lesson 17
Name
Change Customary Units of Length
Essential Question How can you change feet to inches?
You can use different units to name the t 8IBUEPZPVOFFEUPGJOE

same length.
Erin has a shelf that is 2 feet long. How
many inches long is Erin’s shelf?
One Way Draw a picture.

1 foot 5 12 inches
Draw one box to show each foot. Below each foot, draw
12 small boxes to show the number of inches in 1 foot.
Count the total number of small boxes.
There are 24 small boxes in all. 2 feet 5 _ inches.
So, Erin’s shelf is _ inches long.
Another Way Use a number line.

Erin has a table that is 3 feet long. How many inches long
is her table? Draw a number line and label it in feet.

1
1


Draw a 12-inch jump for each foot. Add the lengths Why do you count
by 12s when you rename feet
of the jumps to find the total number of inches. as inches?
3 feet 5 _ inches.
So, Erin’s table is _ inches long.

Share and Show
1. Use the number line. Rename 4 feet using inches.

4 feet 5 _ inches
On Your OwnN
Draw a picture.
2. Rename 7 feet using inches.
7 feet 5 _ inches
6 feet 5 _ inches
8 feet 5 _ inches
5. Ella has a rope that is 10 feet long. 6. Jose is 5 feet tall. How many inches
How many inches long is the rope? tall is he?
P298
ALGEBRA
Lesson 18
Name
Change Metric Units of Length
Essential Question How can you change meters to centimeters?
CONNECT You have learned to change feet to inches.

In this lesson, you will change meters to centimeters.
Gina needs a piece of wood that t 8

IBUEPZPVOFFEUPEPUP
is 4 meters long to make a bench. answer the question?
How many centimeters of wood does
Gina need?
Complete the table to show how the units are related.
STEP 1 Look for a pattern to complete the table.

Describe the relationship.
1 meter 5 100 centimeters
Meters 1 2 3 4 5
Centimeters 100 200 300 400

To find the number of centimeters, add _ centimeters for each meter.
STEP 2 Use the relationship to find the number of centimeters in 4 meters.
4 meters 5 _ centimeters
So, Gina needs _ centimeters of wood to make a bench.
Examples
A. Change 6 meters to centimeters. B. Change 8 meters to centimeters.
Add 100 to _ centimeters. Multiply 100 centimeters by _.

So, 6 meters 5 _ So, 8 meters 5 _ centimeters.
centimeters.
8IBUEPZPVOFFEUPLOPXJOPSEFS
to change from one unit of length to another?

Share and Show
1. How can you change 3 meters to centimeters?
Complete the table to show how the units are related.
Meters 1 2 3 4 To find the number of centimeters,
Centimeters 100 200 400 add _ centimeters for each meter.
So, 3 meters 5 _ centimeters.
2. 2 meters 5 _ centimeters 3. 5 meters 5 _ centimeters
On Your OwnN
Complete the table.
4.
Meters 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Centimeters 300 400 500 900
7. Jorge needs 7 meters of wire for 8. Wanda needs 9 meters of fabric © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
a garden fence. The wire is sold in to make curtains. She has 1,000
centimeters. How many centimeters centimeters of fabric. Does Wanda
of wire does Jorge need? have enough fabric to make the
curtains? Explain.
P300
Lesson 19
Name
Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume
Essential Question How are cups, pints, quarts, and gallons related?
You can use customary units to measure the amount of

liquid a container will hold. Some customary units are
cup (c), pint (pt), quart (qt), and gallon (gal).
Low fat
t
Low Fa
at
Low F
Milk M ilkn

Milk 1 gallo
t quart
1 pin 1
1 cup (c) 1 pint (pt) 1 quart (qt) 1 gallon (gal)
Activity Show how cups, pints, quarts,

and gallons are related.
Materials O cup, pint, quart, gallon containers O water
STEP 1 Estimate the number of cups it will take to fill the pint
container. Record your estimate in the table.
STEP 2 Fill a cup and pour it into the pint container. Repeat until the
pint container is full. Record the number of cups it took to fill
the pint container.
STEP 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the quart and gallon containers.
Number of Cups
Number of Number of Number of
Cups in a Pint Cups in a Quart Cups in a Gallon
Estimate
Liquid Volume
Which unit would

you use to measure the amount
of water needed to fill an
aquarium? Explain your choice.

Share and Show
Choose the unit you would use to measure the
amount of liquid the container will hold. Write cup,
pint, quart, or gallon.
1. Think: A cup is small.

cup
2. 3. 4.
glass
bucket bathtub
On Your OwnN
Choose the unit you would use to measure the
amount of liquid the container will hold. Choose the
better unit of measure.
5. a dog’s water bowl: 2 cups or 2 gallons
6. a juice box: 1 cup or 1 quart
7. Lila made 3 quarts of lemonade. 8. Richard made 2 gallons of fruit

How many cups of lemonade punch for a party. How many 1-cup
did she make? servings can he make?
P302
Lesson 20
Name
Estimate and Measure Weight
Essential Question How are ounces and pounds related?
Weight is the measure of how heavy an object is. Customary

units of weight include ounce (oz) and pound (lb).
Customary Units
of Weight
1 pound = 16 ounces
1 slice of bread weighs 1 loaf of bread weighs

about 1 ounce. about 1 pound.
Activity Show how ounces and pounds are related.

Materials O spring scale O classroom objects
STEP 1 Estimate the weight of the object shown in the table.
Record your estimate.
STEP 2 Use a scale to measure the weight of the object

Include the unit when you
to the nearest ounce or pound. Record the weight.
record each estimate and
measurement in your table.
STEP 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for each object.
Weight of Objects
Object Estimate Weight
apple
book
How do your
pencil box estimates compare to the
actual weights?
tape dispenser

Share and Show
1. Which unit would you use to measure the weight of Think: A grape is a
a grape? Write ounce or pound. small, light object.
ounce
Choose the unit you would use to measure the weight.
Write ounce or pound.
2. 3. 4
On Your OwnN
5. 6. 7
8. Duane bought some oregano to use 9. Erin bought a bag of flour to use
in a batch of pasta sauce. Which is a for baking dinner rolls. Did she buy
more likely weight for the oregano, 5 ounces of flour or 5 pounds of
1 ounce or 1 pound? flour?
P304
Name

Concepts and Skills

Look at the first shape. Tell if it appears to have the same size
and shape as the second shape. Write yes or no. (pp. P295–P296)
1. 2.
______ ______
3. Use the number line. Rename 5 feet using inches. (pp. P297–P298)
5 feet 5 _ inches
Find the unknown number. (pp. P299–P300)
Choose the unit you would use to measure the amount of liquid
the container will hold. Choose the better unit of measure. (pp. P301–P302)
6. a pitcher of iced tea: 1 cup or 1 gallon
7. A tea pot holds 4 quarts of tea. 8. Evan bought a large bag of dry
How many 1-cup servings of tea dog food for his dog. Did Evan
does it hold? (pp. P301–P302) buy 6 ounces or 6 pounds of dog
food? (pp. P303–P304)
______ ______

TEST
PREP
9. Which shapes appear to have the same size and
shape? (pp. P295–P296)

A A and B C B and D
B B and C D A and C
10. Trey’s desk is 3 feet wide. How many inches wide is

the desk? (pp. P297–P298)
A 3 inches C 36 inches
B 24 inches D 48 inches
11. Juana needs 2 meters of yarn for a friendship

bracelet. How many centimeters of yarn does
she need? (pp. P299–P300)
A 2,000 centimeters C 20 centimeters
B 200 centimeters D 2 centimeters
12. Lana made 3 quarts of soup. How many pints of soup

did she make? (pp. P301–P302)
A 6 pints C 18 pints
B 12 pints D 24 pints © Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company
13. Which object weighs about 1 ounce? (pp. P303–P304)

A a loaf of bread C a strawberry
B a watermelon D a chair
P306
Lesson 1
Name
Numbers to Ten Thousand
Complete the packing chart. Use the fewest packages possible.

When there is a zero, use the next smaller size package.
Number of Crates Boxes Cases Stacks Single Blocks

Blocks Ordered (Ten Thousands) (Thousands) (Hundreds) (Tens) (Ones)
1. 1,492 0 1 4 9 2
2. 3,016 1
3. 2,804
4. 4,675
5. 1,727 0 0 2 7
6. 2,351 0 0
7. 5,008 0 0
8. 4,976 0 0
9. A worker at the block factory 10. Matt needs to pack an order for
packed blocks in 3 boxes of 1,000, 1,816 blocks. How can Matt pack
4 cases of 100, and 9 single the blocks without using boxes
blocks. How many blocks did the of 1,000?
worker pack?
_______
_______
_______
Getting Ready for Grade 4 GRP1

Lesson 2
Name
Read and Write Numbers to
Ten Thousands
2,635
1. 2,000 1 600 1 30 1 5 ____
2. five thousand, three hundred sixty ____
3. 8,000 1 800 1 90 1 9 ____
4. one thousand, fifty-one ____
5. three thousand, six hundred nine ____
6. 5,896 7. 4,492
8. 1 ,350 9. 3,413
10. Rename 4,180 as hundreds and 11. Rename 7,168 as tens and ones.
tens.
_ hundreds _ tens _____ tens ___ ones
12. The population of a town is 13. The number of tourists who visited
4,951 people. What is the value a national park in one day was nine
of the digit 4 in the number? thousand, four hundred twelve. Write
this number in two other ways.

Lesson 3
Name
Relative Size on a Number Line
Find the number represented by the point.

1.

7 tens is 70
70

2.

For 3–4, use the number line below.

Colin and Sophia score points in a game.
They show their score on a number line.

3. Colin’s score is shown by point D on the number line.
How many points has he scored?
4. Sophia scored 3,000 points more than Colin.

Draw a point on the number line to show Sophia’s
score. What is her score?

Lesson 4
Name
Compare 3- and 4-Digit Numbers
1. 576 . 567 2. 9,876 9,886
3. 490 409 4. 7,245 7,245
5. 2,145 2,245 6. 9,304 9,034
7. 8,691 8,691 8. 245 254
9. 1,807 807 10. 5,247 5,247
11. 3,485 3,548 12. 1,953 9,351
13. 6,310 6,310 14. 589 5,890
15. 760 1,760 16. 5,123 5,321
17. 7,645 7,546 18. 5,612 5,622
19. On Saturday, 4,567 people saw the new animal

movie. On Sunday, 4,078 people saw the movie.
Use ,, ., or 5 to compare the number of people
who saw the movie on the two days.
20. Captain Fry flies 1,764 miles. Captain Hale flies

764 miles. Who flies more miles?
21. Adam says he is 1,352 millimeters tall. Bobby says

that he is 1,452 millimeters tall. Who is shorter?

Lesson 5
Name
Find the product.

99
1. _ 5 9 3 11 2. 12 3 9 5 _ 3. _ 5 1 3 11
Think: 9 3 10 5 90 and
93159
So, 9 3 11 5 90 1 9 5 99.
4. 2 3 11 5 _ 5. _ 5 12 3 0 6. _ 5 5 3 11
7. _ 5 7 3 12 8. 4 3 11 5 _ 9. _ 5 12 3 4
10. 8 3 11 5 _ 11. _ 5 3 3 12 12. _ 5 9 3 12
Use the table for 13–14. Supplies

13. Mr. Wang buys 6 packs of pencils. How many Item
Number in
Each Pack
pencils does Mr. Wang buy?
Pencils 12
Pens 8
14. Mr. Wang buys 12 packs of pens and 11 packs Erasers 9

of erasers. Does Mr. Wang buy more pens or
erasers? Explain.

Lesson 6
Name
Divide with 11 and 12
1. 11 3 O 5 88 88 4 11 5 O 2. 11 3 O 5 55 55 4 11 5 O
8
O5 _ 8
O5 _ O5 _ O5 _
3. 12 3 p 5 36 36 4 12 5 p 4. 12 3 g 5 84 84 4 12 5 g
p5_ p5 _ g5 _ g5 _
Find the quotient.
5. _ 5 96 4 8 6. 44 4 4 5 _ 7. _ 5 60 4 5
8. 55 4 5 5 _ 9. _ 5 66 4 6 10. _ 5 48 4 4
11. 72 4 6 5 _ 12. 88 4 8 5 _ 13. _ 5 108 4 9
14. _ 5 12 4 1 15. _ 5 24 4 2 16. 33 4 3 5 _
Compare. Write ,, ., or 5 for each .
17. 60 4 12 55 4 11 18. 22 4 2 48 4 4 19. 96 4 8 84 4 12

20. Mrs. Green bought 72 pencils for 21. Henry baked 33 cookies. He put the
her class. There were 12 pencils same number of cookies in each of
in each box. How many boxes of 11 bags. How many cookies did he
pencils did Mrs. Green buy? put in each bag?

ALGEBRA
Lesson 7
Name
Multiplication and Division
Relationships
Complete the related multiplication and division
equations.
1. 4 3 12 5 48 2. 5 3 5 55 3. 3 12 5 72
12 3 4 5 48 11 3 5 5 3 6 5 72
48 4 4 5 12 4 5 5 11 72 4 5 12
48 4 12 5 4 55 4 55 4 12 5 6
4. 3 11 5 88 5. 3 3 5 36 6. 4 3 11 5
3 8 5 88 12 3 5 36 11 3 5 44
4 8 5 11 36 4 3 5 44 4 5 11
88 4 58 36 4 12 5 44 4 11 5
7. 8 3 12 5 8. 3 11 5 22 9. 1 3 5 12
3 8 5 96 11 3 2 5 3 1 5 12
96 4 5 12 22 4 5 11 4 1 5 12
4 12 5 8 22 4 11 5 12 4 51
10. Lisa put 66 flowers in vases. She put 11. Lisa used 84 flowers to make
the same number of flowers in each bouquets. She used 7 flowers in
of 6 vases. How many flowers did each bouquet. How many bouquets
Lisa put in each vase? did Lisa make?

Lesson 8
Name
Use Multiplication Patterns
1. 3 3 10 5 _ 30 2. 10 3 2 5 _ 3. 8 3 10 5 _
3 3 100 5 _300 100 3 2 5 _ 8 3 100 5 _

3 3 1,000 5 3,000
_ 1,000 3 2 5 _ 8 3 1,000 5 _
4. 10 3 6 5 _ 5. 5 3 10 5 _ 6. 10 3 7 5 _
100 3 6 5 _ 5 3 100 5 _ 100 3 7 5 _

1,000 3 6 5 _ 5 3 1,000 5 _ 1,000 3 7 5 _
Find the product.
7. 10 3 3 5 _ 8. 9 3 100 5 _ 9. _ 5 6 3 100
10. 1,000 3 9 5 _ 11. _ 5 5 3 10 12. 4 3 100 5 _
13. _ 5 2 3 10 14. _ 5 1,000 3 1 15. 7 3 1,000 5 _
Use the picture graph for 16–17. Rock Collections

16. How many rocks does Eva have? Explain Name Number of Rocks
how you found your answer. Eva
Tim
Sam
17. Sam has 30 more rocks in his collection Key: Each 10 rocks.
than Tim. Draw rocks in the picture graph
to show the number of rocks in Sam’s
collection. Explain your answer.

Lesson 9
Name
Use Models to Multiply Tens and Ones

1. 2. 3.
3 3 15 5 O 2 3 14 5 O 4 3 11 5 O
3 3 10 5 30
3 3 5 5 15
30 1 15 5 45
4. 5. 6.
5 3 14 5 O 6 3 13 5 O 6 3 15 5 O
7. 8. 9.
4 3 17 5 O 4 3 16 5 O 5 3 16 5 O
10. Mia babysits for $4 an hour. How much

money does she earn if she works for
12 hours?
Lesson 10
Name
Model Division with Remainders
Complete.
1. Divide 15 hats into 2. Divide 50 forks into
4 equal groups. 6 equal groups.
3 hats in each
There are _ There are _ forks in each
3 hats left over.
group and _ group and _ forks left over.
3. Divide 29 cookies into 4. Divide 46 paper cups into

groups of 3. groups of 5.
There are _ groups There are _ groups
and _ cookies left over. and _ paper cup left over.
Find the total number of objects.

5. There are 8 books in each of 6. There are 7 muffins in each of
3 groups and 4 books left over. 5 groups and 1 muffin left over.
There are _ books in all. There are _ muffins in all.

7. If Sarah divides the white shells evenly onto
Shell Collection
2 shelves, how many shells will be on each
shelf? How many shells will be left over? 14
12
Number of Shells
10
8
8. If Sarah puts an equal number of tan shells 6
into some boxes and has 1 shell left over, 4
how many boxes will she use? How many 2
0
shells will be in each box?
hit
e ay Ta
n
W Gr
Color

Lesson 11
Name
Use Models to Divide Tens and Ones
1. 60 4 4 5 _ 15 2. 65 4 5 5 _ 3. 54 4 3 5 _
4. 90 4 5 5 _ 5. 74 4 2 5 _ 6. 98 4 7 5 _
7. 75 4 5 5 _ 8. 60 4 3 5 _ 9. 78 4 6 5 _
10. 84 4 4 5 _ 11. 96 4 6 5 _ 12. 95 4 5 5 _
13. The third-grade students collected 90 cans of food

for a food drive. They want to put an equal number of

cans into each of 6 boxes. How many cans will they
put into each box?

Lesson 12
Name
Model Tenths and Hundredths
1. 2. 3. 4.
2
__
10
5. 6. 7. 8.
9. Pedro spins the pointer of a spinner 10. Anya asks 100 students if they walk
10 times. The pointer lands on the to school. Of the students, ___

83
100 say
color blue 7 times. Write a fraction they walk to school. How many
to represent the part of Pedro’s students walk to school?
spins that were blue.

Lesson 13
Name
Fractions Greater Than One
Each shape is 1 whole. Write a mixed
number for the parts that are shaded.
1. 2.
21
_
2
__ __
3. 4.
__ __
5. 6.
__ __
7. Rachel and her friends eat _54 pizzas. 8. Ms. Fuller has _83 pies left over from
How can you write the amount of her party. How can you write the
pizza they ate as a mixed number? number of pies she has left over as
a mixed number?

Lesson 14
Name
Equivalent Fractions
1 2
1. __ 5 ___
2
2. __ 5 __
5 10 8 4
1
3. __ 5 ___
2
4. __ 5 __
6 12 4 2
1
5. __ 5 ___
3
6. __ 5 ___
3 12 6 12
1
7. __ 5 ___
2
8. __ 5 __
2 10 3 6
9. Jamie uses _13 of a package of juice 10. Luis colors _14 of a spinner using a
boxes. There were 6 juice boxes in red crayon. Write the fraction of the
the package to start with. Write the spinner Luis colored red in twelfths.
fraction of the package Jamie used
in sixths.

Lesson 15
Name
Equivalent Fractions on a
Multiplication Table
Use a multiplication table to find three
equivalent fractions.
1
1. __
1
2. __
2 5
2
_, 3
_, 4
_
4 6 8
1
3. ___
2
4. __
10 3
2
5. __
2
6. __
8 5
3
7. ___
5
8. __
10 6
9. Nicki eats _14 of a cereal bar. What are 10. In a crate of apples, 3_5 of the apples
three equivalent fractions that name are green apples. What are three
the part of the cereal bar that Nicki equivalent fractions that name the
eats? part of the apples in the crate that
are green?

Lesson 16
Name
Same Size, Same Shape
Look at the first shape. Tell if it appears to have the same
size and shape as the second shape. Write yes or no.
1. 2.
no
3. 4.
5. Juanita draws the rectangles shown.

Do the rectangles have the same

size and are they shaped the same?
Explain.

ALGEBRA
Lesson 17
Name
Change Customary Units of Length

Draw a picture.
36 inches
3 feet 5 _
5 feet 5 _ inches
3. Draw a number line. Rename 8 feet using inches.
8 feet 5 _ inches
9 feet 5 _ inches
5. Robbie has a piece of rope that is 6. A fence is 4 feet tall. How many
6 feet long. How many inches long inches tall is the fence?
is the rope?

ALGEBRA
Lesson 18
Name
Change Units for Length
Complete the table.

1.
Meters 1 2 3 4 5
Centimeters 100 200 300 400 500

Think: To find the number of centimeters,
add 100 centimeters for each meter.
2.
Meters 6 7 9
Centimeters 600 700 800

3. 1 meter 5 _ centimeters 4. 5 meters 5 _ centimeters

13. Ben paints 5 meters of fence before 14. Dana needs 6 meters of ribbon
stopping for lunch. Then he paints to make bows. She has
3 more meters of fence. How many 160 centimeters of ribbon. Does
centimeters of fence does Ben paint Dana have enough ribbon to make
in all? the bows? Explain.

Lesson 19
Name
Estimate and Measure Liquid Volume

Choose the unit you would use to measure the amount of liquid
the container will hold. Choose the better unit of measure.
1. a bath tub: 40 cups or 40 gallons
2. a drinking mug: 1 cup or 1 quart
3. a soup bowl: 2 cups or 2 quarts
4. a water bucket: 1 cup or 1 gallon
5. Jay made 4 quarts of fruit juice. 6. Vanessa will pour 2 gallons of

How many cups of fruit juice did milk into cups. How many cups
he make? will she fill?

Lesson 20
Name
Estimate and Measure Weight

1. 2. 3.
pound
4. 5. 6.
7. 8. 9.
10. Scott picks some apples to use for 11. Ms. Mott measures some sugar to
a batch of applesauce. Which is a make muffins. Does the sugar weigh
more likely weight for the apples he 4 ounces or 4 pounds?
picks, 5 ounces or 5 pounds?

Standards Practice Book SE G3

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Standards Practice Book SE G3

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Standards Practice Book SE G3

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

S TA N D A R D S P R A C T I C E B O O K

1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P1

2 Represent and Interpret Data

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P29

School-Home Letter (Spanish) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P30

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P47

4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P65

4.9 Multiply with 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P83

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P89

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P103

6.9 Algebraäsä$IVISIONä2ULESäFORä1 and 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P121

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P125

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P151

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P173

9.1 Problem Solvingäsä#OMPAREä&RACTIONSä. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P175

10 Time, Length, Liquid Volume, and Mass

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P191

11 Perimeter and Area

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P213

11.2ä &INDä0ERIMETERä . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P217

School-Home Letter (English) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P237

Lesson 1 Numbers to Ten Thousand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .P259 . . . GRP1

  estimate A number close to

During the next few weeks, our math class will

 estimación Un número que se

367 1 512 5 n Elegir números

Solve problems involving the four operations, and

_1_5_ _1_5_ _1_5_

_1_5_ _1_5_ _1_5_

Is the sum even or odd? Write even or odd.

10. 5 1 2 __ 11. 6 1 4 __ 12. 1 1 0 __

13. 5 1 5 __ 14. 3 1 8 __ 15. 7 1 7 __

to rewrite Ada’s addition sentence. Jackson correct? Explain.

Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.MD.3, CC.2.MD.8, CC.2.MD.10)

A 53¢ C 63¢ A 1 foot C 5 feet

Use the bar graph for 5–6.

5. Who read the most books? (Grade 2)

Locate and label 739 on the number line.



3. 739 rounded to the nearest hundred is _.

Round to the nearest ten and hundred.

4. 363 __ 5. 829 __ 6. 572 __

7. 209 __ 8. 663 __ 9. 949 __

10. 762 __ 11. 399 __ 12. 402 __

Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.G.1, CC.2.G.3; CC.3.OA.9)

sentence? (Lesson 1.1)

© Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate the sum.

1. 198 200 2. 87 3. 222

7. 519 8. 790 9. 547

10. 325 1 458 11. 620 1 107

Spiral Review (Reviews CC.2.G.1; CC.3.NBT.1, CC.3.OA.9)

hundred? (Lesson 1.2) ten? (Lesson 1.2)

Count by tens and ones to find the sum.

estimate A number close to

estimación Un número que se

10. 5 1 2 11. 6 1 4 12. 1 1 0 __

13. 5 1 5 14. 3 1 8 15. 7 1 7 __

4. 363 5. 829 6. 572 __

7. 209 8. 663 9. 949 __

10. 762 11. 399 12. 402 __

5. 357 2 214 5 6. 285 2 99 5

1. 92 2 41 5 2. 451 2 125 5 3. 703 2 359 5__

bar graph A graph that uses bars

gráfica de barras Una gráfica que